mirror of
https://github.com/ArduPilot/ardupilot
synced 2025-01-03 14:38:30 -04:00
Tools: removed a lot of ancient AVR code
This commit is contained in:
Andrew Tridgell
parent
fbf24f0492
commit
2c1be910d8
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
to build the hex:
|
||||
|
||||
make mega2560
|
||||
|
||||
To flash the firmware, use avrdude version 5.11 or above
|
||||
|
||||
SERIAL_PORT=/dev/tty.usbserial
|
||||
|
||||
# erase the chip (necessary before unlocking can happen), then unlock the boot loader area
|
||||
avrdude -e -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P $SERIAL_PORT -U lock:w:0x3f:m
|
||||
|
||||
# flash the hex file (whatever.hex)
|
||||
avrdude -v -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P $SERIAL_PORT -U flash:w:stk500boot_v2_mega2560.hex
|
||||
|
||||
# re-lock the bootloader area of the chip
|
||||
avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P $SERIAL_PORT -U lock:w:0x0f:m
|
||||
@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
@ -1,627 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Makefile to compile and link stk500boot bootloader
|
||||
# Author: Peter Fleury
|
||||
# File: $Id: Makefile,v 1.3 2006/03/04 19:26:17 peter Exp $
|
||||
# based on WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Adjust F_CPU below to the clock frequency in Mhz of your AVR target
|
||||
# Adjust BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS to your AVR target
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# <MLS> = Mark Sproul msproul-at-skychariot.com
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
#MCU = atmega128
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
#F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Bootloader
|
||||
# Please adjust if using a different AVR
|
||||
# 0x0e00*2=0x1C00 for ATmega8 512 words Boot Size
|
||||
# 0xFC00*2=0x1F800 for ATmega128 1024 words Boot Size
|
||||
# 0xF800*2=0x1F000 for ATmega1280
|
||||
# 0xF000*2=0x1E000 for ATmega1280
|
||||
#BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 1E000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = stk500boot
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = stk500boot.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be separated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -I options here
|
||||
CINCS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) $(CINCS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fshort-enums -mno-tablejump
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:.c=.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -ahlms: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
ASFLAGS = -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:.S=.lst),-gstabs
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--defsym=__heap_start=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#--------------- bootloader linker Options -------
|
||||
# BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS (=Start of Boot Loader section
|
||||
# in bytes - not words) is defined above.
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS) -nostartfiles -nodefaultlibs
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS) -nostartfiles
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS)
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = stk500v2
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = com1 # programmer connected to serial device
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:.c=.o) $(ASRC:.S=.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:.c=.lst) $(ASRC:.S=.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# May 25, 2010 <MLS> Adding 1280 support
|
||||
mega1280: MCU = atmega1280
|
||||
mega1280: F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
mega1280: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 1E000
|
||||
mega1280: CFLAGS += -D_MEGA_BOARD_
|
||||
mega1280: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_mega1280.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Jul 6, 2010 <MLS> Adding 2560 support
|
||||
mega2560: MCU = atmega2560
|
||||
mega2560: F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
mega2560: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 3E000
|
||||
mega2560: CFLAGS += -D_MEGA_BOARD_
|
||||
mega2560: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_mega2560.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
#Initial config on Amber128 board
|
||||
# avrdude: Device signature = 0x1e9702
|
||||
# avrdude: safemode: lfuse reads as 8F
|
||||
# avrdude: safemode: hfuse reads as CB
|
||||
# avrdude: safemode: efuse reads as FF
|
||||
# Jul 17, 2010 <MLS> Adding 128 support
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
amber128: MCU = atmega128
|
||||
#amber128: F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
amber128: F_CPU = 14745600
|
||||
amber128: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 1E000
|
||||
amber128: CFLAGS += -D_BOARD_AMBER128_
|
||||
amber128: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_amber128.hex
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Aug 23, 2010 <MLS> Adding atmega2561 support
|
||||
m2561_8mhz: MCU = atmega2561
|
||||
m2561_8mhz: F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
m2561_8mhz: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 3E000
|
||||
m2561_8mhz: CFLAGS += -D_ANDROID_2561_ -DBAUDRATE=57600
|
||||
m2561_8mhz: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_m2561_8mhz.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Aug 23, 2010 <MLS> Adding atmega2561 support
|
||||
m2561_16mhz: MCU = atmega2561
|
||||
m2561_16mhz: F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
m2561_16mhz: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 3E000
|
||||
m2561_16mhz: CFLAGS += -D_ANDROID_2561_ -DBAUDRATE=115200
|
||||
m2561_16mhz: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_m2561_16mhz.hex
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# avrdude: Device signature = 0x1e9801
|
||||
# avrdude: safemode: lfuse reads as EC
|
||||
# avrdude: safemode: hfuse reads as 18
|
||||
# avrdude: safemode: efuse reads as FD
|
||||
# Aug 23, 2010 <MLS> Adding cerebot 2560 @ 8mhz
|
||||
#avrdude -P usb -c usbtiny -p m2560 -v -U flash:w:/Arduino/WiringBootV2_upd1/stk500boot_v2_cerebotplus.hex
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
cerebot: MCU = atmega2560
|
||||
cerebot: F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
cerebot: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 3E000
|
||||
cerebot: CFLAGS += -D_CEREBOTPLUS_BOARD_ -DBAUDRATE=38400 -DUART_BAUDRATE_DOUBLE_SPEED=1
|
||||
cerebot: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_cerebotplus.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Aug 23, 2010 <MLS> Adding atmega32 support
|
||||
penguino: MCU = atmega32
|
||||
penguino: F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
penguino: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 7800
|
||||
penguino: CFLAGS += -D_PENGUINO_ -DBAUDRATE=57600
|
||||
penguino: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_penguino.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Sep 8, 2010 <MLS> Adding atmega16 support
|
||||
atmega16: MCU = atmega16
|
||||
atmega16: F_CPU = 8000000
|
||||
atmega16: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 3800
|
||||
atmega16: CFLAGS += -DBOARD_MEGA16 -DBAUDRATE=57600
|
||||
atmega16: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_atmega16.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Sep 17, 2010 <MLS> Adding BahBots 1284p
|
||||
bahbot: MCU = atmega1284p
|
||||
bahbot: F_CPU = 18432000
|
||||
bahbot: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 1E000
|
||||
bahbot: CFLAGS += -D_BOARD_BAHBOT_ -DBAUDRATE=38400
|
||||
bahbot: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_bahbots1284.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
############################################################
|
||||
# Sep 24, 2010 <MLS> custom bootloader for ro-bot-x
|
||||
robotx: MCU = atmega640
|
||||
robotx: F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
robotx: BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = E000
|
||||
robotx: CFLAGS += -D_BOARD_ROBOTX_ -DBAUDRATE=115200 -DENABLE_MONITOR
|
||||
robotx: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
mv $(TARGET).hex stk500boot_v2_robotx640uart1.hex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: hex eep lss sym
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) --format=avr --mcu=$(MCU) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT=$(OBJCOPY) --debugging \
|
||||
--change-section-address .data-0x800000 \
|
||||
--change-section-address .bss-0x800000 \
|
||||
--change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 \
|
||||
--change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 -O $(FORMAT) $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list :
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) *.lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(OBJ)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(LST)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) .dep/*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
|
||||
clean clean_list program debug gdb-config
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Modification of the stock Arduino STK500v2 bootloader specifically for APM2 boards
|
||||
|
||||
There are several modifications
|
||||
|
||||
1. Correct sketch start if the board was rebooted due to watchdog timer
|
||||
|
||||
2. Fast sketch start if the USB cable is not sensed as being connected to the APM2 board
|
||||
|
||||
3. Flash the correct (ie, visible) LEDs in a more informative pattern in the bootloader
|
||||
|
||||
4. Removal of the !!! CLI feature of the stk500v2 bootloader
|
||||
|
||||
LED patterns to look for:
|
||||
|
||||
USB Connected, no traffic:
|
||||
six slow blue flashes (while waiting for a serial character that does not come)
|
||||
then.. sketch starts
|
||||
|
||||
USB Connected, some traffic:
|
||||
any slow blue flashing is ceased and a short timer starts waiting for valid boot loader protocol
|
||||
then.. sketch starts
|
||||
|
||||
USB Connected, valid boot loader traffic:
|
||||
STK500 protocol packets (eg flashing a new sketch) cause rapid flashing of the blue LED for each packet
|
||||
|
||||
USB Not Connected
|
||||
quick double blue flash
|
||||
then.. quick single yellow flash
|
||||
|
||||
The sketch will have its own LED flashing pattern.
|
||||
|
||||
BUGS
|
||||
|
||||
If a USB cable is connected to power up the board, the boot loader starts the sketch instantly.
|
||||
This is because the USB cable detection takes a short time to stabilize, by then, the bootloader
|
||||
has moved on. This is not much of an issue as USB connection for the purposes of flashing the
|
||||
firmware causes another reset when the USB port is opened, thus, the bootloader starts again
|
||||
anyway.
|
||||
@ -1,742 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
//*
|
||||
//* interrupt vector names
|
||||
//*
|
||||
//* It is important to note that the vector numbers listed here
|
||||
//* are the ATMEL documentation numbers. The Arduino numbers are 1 less
|
||||
//* This is because the Atmel docs start numbering the interrupts at 1
|
||||
//* when it is actually vector #0 in the table.
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
//* Jun 1, 2010 <MLS> Added support for ATmega1281
|
||||
//* Jun 30, 2010 <MLS> Putting in more ifdefs to conserve space
|
||||
//* Jul 3, 2010 <MLS> More #ifdefs to conserve space and testing on most of my boards
|
||||
//* Jul 4, 2010 <MLS> Started using vector defs for #ifdefs as defined in <avr/io.h>
|
||||
//* Jul 13, 2010 <MLS> Added support for __AVR_ATmega128__
|
||||
//* Aug 26, 2010 <MLS> Added support for __AVR_ATmega2561__
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
//#include "avrinterruptnames.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
//* this defines the interrupt vectors and allows us to compile ONLY those strings that are actually
|
||||
//* in the target CPU. This way we do not have to keep making changes based on cpu, it will be
|
||||
//* automatic even if we add a new CPU
|
||||
#ifndef _AVR_IO_H_
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __MWERKS__
|
||||
#define prog_char char
|
||||
#define PGM_P char *
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_RESET[] PROGMEM = "RESET";
|
||||
#ifdef INT0_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT0[] PROGMEM = "INT0";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT1_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT1[] PROGMEM = "INT1";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT2_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT2[] PROGMEM = "INT2";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT3_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT3[] PROGMEM = "INT3";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT4_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT4[] PROGMEM = "INT4";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT5_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT5[] PROGMEM = "INT5";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT6_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT6[] PROGMEM = "INT6";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef INT7_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_INT7[] PROGMEM = "INT7";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef PCINT0_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_PCINT0[] PROGMEM = "PCINT0";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef PCINT1_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_PCINT1[] PROGMEM = "PCINT1";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef PCINT2_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_PCINT2[] PROGMEM = "PCINT2";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef PCINT3_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_PCINT3[] PROGMEM = "PCINT3";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef WDT_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_WDT[] PROGMEM = "WDT";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER0_COMP_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMP[] PROGMEM = "TIMER0 COMP";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER0_COMPA_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPA[] PROGMEM = "TIMER0 COMPA";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER0_COMPB_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPB[] PROGMEM = "TIMER0 COMPB";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER0_OVF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER0 OVF";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER1_CAPT_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT[] PROGMEM = "TIMER1 CAPT";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER1_COMPA_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA[] PROGMEM = "TIMER1 COMPA";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER1_COMPB_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB[] PROGMEM = "TIMER1 COMPB";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER1_COMPC_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPC[] PROGMEM = "TIMER1 COMPC";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER1_OVF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER1 OVF";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER2_COMP_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMP[] PROGMEM = "TIMER2 COMP";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER2_COMPA_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPA[] PROGMEM = "TIMER2 COMPA";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER2_COMPB_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPB[] PROGMEM = "TIMER2 COMPB";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER2_OVF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER2 OVF";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER3_CAPT_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER3_CAPT[] PROGMEM = "TIMER3 CAPT";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER3_COMPA_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPA[] PROGMEM = "TIMER3 COMPA";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER3_COMPB_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPB[] PROGMEM = "TIMER3 COMPB";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER3_COMPC_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPC[] PROGMEM = "TIMER3 COMPC";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER3_OVF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER3_OVF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER3 OVF";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_CAPT_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_CAPT[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 CAPT";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_COMPA_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPA[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 COMPA";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_COMPB_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPB[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 COMPB";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_COMPC_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPC[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 COMPC";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_COMPD_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPD[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 COMPD";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_OVF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_OVF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 OVF";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER4_FPF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER4_FPF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER4 Fault Protection";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER5_CAPT_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER5_CAPT[] PROGMEM = "TIMER5 CAPT";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER5_COMPA_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER5_COMPA[] PROGMEM = "TIMER5 COMPA";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER5_COMPB_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER5_COMPB[] PROGMEM = "TIMER5 COMPB";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER5_COMPC_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER5_COMPC[] PROGMEM = "TIMER5 COMPC";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TIMER5_OVF_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TIMER5_OVF[] PROGMEM = "TIMER5 OVF";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//* when there is only 1 usart
|
||||
#if defined(USART_RX_vect) || defined(USART_RXC_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART_RX[] PROGMEM = "USART RX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(USART_UDRE_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART_UDRE[] PROGMEM = "USART UDRE";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(USART_TX_vect) || defined(USART_TXC_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART_TX[] PROGMEM = "USART TX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//* usart 0
|
||||
#if defined(USART0_RX_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART0_RX[] PROGMEM = "USART0 RX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(USART0_UDRE_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART0_UDRE[] PROGMEM = "USART0 UDRE";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(USART0_TX_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART0_TX[] PROGMEM = "USART0 TX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//* usart 1
|
||||
#ifdef USART1_RX_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART1_RX[] PROGMEM = "USART1 RX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USART1_UDRE_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART1_UDRE[] PROGMEM = "USART1 UDRE";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USART1_TX_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART1_TX[] PROGMEM = "USART1 TX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//* usart 2
|
||||
#ifdef USART2_RX_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART2_RX[] PROGMEM = "USART2 RX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USART2_UDRE_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART2_UDRE[] PROGMEM = "USART2 UDRE";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USART2_TX_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART2_TX[] PROGMEM = "USART2 TX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//* usart 3
|
||||
#ifdef USART3_RX_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART3_RX[] PROGMEM = "USART3 RX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USART3_UDRE_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART3_UDRE[] PROGMEM = "USART3 UDRE";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USART3_TX_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USART3_TX[] PROGMEM = "USART3 TX";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SPI_STC_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_SPI_STC[] PROGMEM = "SPI STC";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef ADC_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_ADC[] PROGMEM = "ADC";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(ANALOG_COMP_vect) || defined(ANA_COMP_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP[] PROGMEM = "ANALOG COMP";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(EE_READY_vect) || defined(EE_RDY_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_EE_READY[] PROGMEM = "EE READY";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TWI_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_TWI[] PROGMEM = "TWI";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(SPM_READY_vect) || defined(SPM_RDY_vect)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_SPM_READY[] PROGMEM = "SPM READY";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USI_START_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USI_START[] PROGMEM = "USI START";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USI_OVERFLOW_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USI_OVERFLOW[] PROGMEM = "USI OVERFLOW";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USB_GEN_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USB_General[] PROGMEM = "USB General";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef USB_COM_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_USB_Endpoint[] PROGMEM = "USB Endpoint";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LCD_vect
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_LCD_StartFrame[] PROGMEM = "LCD Start of Frame";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
//* these do not have vector defs and have to be done by CPU type
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega645__ ) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_NOT_USED[] PROGMEM = "NOT_USED";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_RESERVED[] PROGMEM = "Reserved";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
prog_char gAvrInt_END[] PROGMEM = "*";
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega168__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega328P__)
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega168__ / __AVR_ATmega328P__
|
||||
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT1, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT2, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_WDT, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPA, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPB, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPA, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPB, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART_RX, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART_UDRE, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART_TX, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 23
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 25
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 26
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega169__
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega169__)
|
||||
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT1, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMP, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMP, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_RX, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_UDRE, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_TX, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_USI_START, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_USI_OVERFLOW, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_LCD_StartFrame, // 23
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega640__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__)
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega640__ __AVR_ATmega1280__ __AVR_ATmega1281__ __AVR_ATmega2560__ __AVR_ATmega2561__
|
||||
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT2, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT3, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT4, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT5, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT6, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT7, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT1, // 11
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega640__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT2, // 12
|
||||
#else
|
||||
gAvrInt_NOT_USED, // 12
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
gAvrInt_WDT, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPA, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPB, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPC, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPA, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPB, // 23
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 25
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_RX, // 26
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_UDRE, // 27
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_TX, // 28
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 29
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 30
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 31
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_CAPT, // 32
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPA, // 33
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPB, // 34
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPC, // 35
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_OVF, // 36
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_RX, // 37
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_UDRE, // 38
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_TX, // 39
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 40
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 41
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega640__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_CAPT, // 42
|
||||
#else
|
||||
gAvrInt_NOT_USED, // 42
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPA, // 43
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPB, // 44
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPC, // 45
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_OVF, // 46
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega640__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER5_CAPT, // 47
|
||||
#else
|
||||
gAvrInt_NOT_USED, // 47
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER5_COMPA, // 48
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER5_COMPB, // 49
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER5_COMPC, // 50
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER5_OVF, // 51
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega640__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__)
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART2_RX, // 52
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART2_UDRE, // 53
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART2_TX, // 54
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART3_RX, // 55
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART3_UDRE, // 56
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART3_TX, // 57
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega324P__ ) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644__ ) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__)
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega324P__ __AVR_ATmega644__ __AVR_ATmega644P__ __AVR_ATmega1284P__
|
||||
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT2, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT1, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT2, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT3, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_WDT, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPA, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPB, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPA, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPB, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_RX, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_UDRE, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_TX, // 23
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 25
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 26
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 27
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 28
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega324P__ ) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__)
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_RX, // 29
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_UDRE, // 30
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_TX, // 31
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega645__ )
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega645__
|
||||
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT1, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMP, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMP, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_RX, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_UDRE, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_TX, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_USI_START, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_USI_OVERFLOW, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_NOT_USED, // 23
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega3250__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega6450__)
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT2, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT3, // 25
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega32__ )
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega32__
|
||||
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT2, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMP, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMP, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART_RX, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART_UDRE, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART_TX, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 21
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega32U4__
|
||||
//* teensy 2.0
|
||||
//* http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/pinout.html
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT2, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT3, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESERVED, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESERVED, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT6, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESERVED, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_USB_General, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_USB_Endpoint, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_WDT, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESERVED, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESERVED, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESERVED, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPC, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPA, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPB, // 23
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 25
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_RX, // 26
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_UDRE, // 27
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_TX, // 28
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 29
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 30
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 31
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_CAPT, // 32
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPA, // 33
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPB, // 34
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPC, // 35
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_OVF, // 36
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 37
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 38
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPA, // 39
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPB, // 40
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_COMPD, // 41
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_OVF, // 42
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER4_FPF, // 43
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_AT90USB1286__
|
||||
//* teensy++ 2.0
|
||||
//* http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/pinout.html
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT2, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT3, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT4, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT5, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT6, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT7, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_PCINT0, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_USB_General, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_USB_Endpoint, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_WDT, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPA, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMPB, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPC, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPA, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMPB, // 23
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 25
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_RX, // 26
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_UDRE, // 27
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_TX, // 28
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 29
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 30
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 31
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_CAPT, // 32
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPA, // 33
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPB, // 34
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPC, // 35
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_OVF, // 36
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 37
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 38
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//**************************************************************************************************
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_ATmega128__)
|
||||
#pragma mark __AVR_ATmega128__
|
||||
#define _INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PGM_P gInterruptNameTable[] PROGMEM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
gAvrInt_RESET, // 1
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT0, // 2
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT1, // 3
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT2, // 4
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT3, // 5
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT4, // 6
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT5, // 7
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT6, // 8
|
||||
gAvrInt_INT7, // 9
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_COMP, // 10
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER2_OVF, // 11
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_CAPT, // 12
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPA, // 13
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPB, // 14
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_OVF, // 15
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_COMP, // 16
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER0_OVF, // 17
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPI_STC, // 18
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_RX, // 19
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_UDRE, // 20
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART0_TX, // 21
|
||||
gAvrInt_ADC, // 22
|
||||
gAvrInt_EE_READY, // 23
|
||||
gAvrInt_ANALOG_COMP, // 24
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER1_COMPC, // 25
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_CAPT, // 26
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPA, // 27
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPB, // 28
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_COMPC, // 29
|
||||
gAvrInt_TIMER3_OVF, // 30
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_RX, // 31
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_UDRE, // 32
|
||||
gAvrInt_USART1_TX, // 33
|
||||
gAvrInt_TWI, // 34
|
||||
gAvrInt_SPM_READY, // 35
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(_INTERRUPT_NAMES_DEFINED_)
|
||||
#warning No interrupt string defs for this cpu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//**** ATMEL AVR - A P P L I C A T I O N N O T E ************************
|
||||
//*
|
||||
//* Title: AVR068 - STK500 Communication Protocol
|
||||
//* Filename: command.h
|
||||
//* Version: 1.0
|
||||
//* Last updated: 31.01.2005
|
||||
//*
|
||||
//* Support E-mail: avr@atmel.com
|
||||
//*
|
||||
//**************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK message constants ]***************************
|
||||
|
||||
#define MESSAGE_START 0x1B //= ESC = 27 decimal
|
||||
#define TOKEN 0x0E
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK general command constants ]**************************
|
||||
|
||||
#define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01
|
||||
#define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02
|
||||
#define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03
|
||||
#define CMD_SET_DEVICE_PARAMETERS 0x04
|
||||
#define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05
|
||||
#define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06
|
||||
#define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK ISP command constants ]******************************
|
||||
|
||||
#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10
|
||||
#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11
|
||||
#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C
|
||||
#define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK PP command constants ]*******************************
|
||||
|
||||
#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_PP 0x20
|
||||
#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_PP 0x21
|
||||
#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_PP 0x22
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_PP 0x23
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_FLASH_PP 0x24
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_PP 0x25
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_PP 0x26
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_PP 0x27
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_FUSE_PP 0x28
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_PP 0x29
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_LOCK_PP 0x2A
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_PP 0x2B
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_PP 0x2C
|
||||
|
||||
#define CMD_SET_CONTROL_STACK 0x2D
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK HVSP command constants ]*****************************
|
||||
|
||||
#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_HVSP 0x30
|
||||
#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_HVSP 0x31
|
||||
#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_HVSP 0x32
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_HVSP ` 0x33
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_FLASH_HVSP 0x34
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_HVSP 0x35
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_HVSP 0x36
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_HVSP 0x37
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_FUSE_HVSP 0x38
|
||||
#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_HVSP 0x39
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_LOCK_HVSP 0x3A
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_HVSP 0x3B
|
||||
#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_HVSP 0x3C
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK status constants ]***************************
|
||||
|
||||
// Success
|
||||
#define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
// Warnings
|
||||
#define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80
|
||||
#define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81
|
||||
#define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82
|
||||
|
||||
// Errors
|
||||
#define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0
|
||||
#define STATUS_CKSUM_ERROR 0xC1
|
||||
#define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK parameter constants ]***************************
|
||||
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80
|
||||
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81
|
||||
#define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90
|
||||
#define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91
|
||||
#define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92
|
||||
#define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94
|
||||
#define PARAM_VADJUST 0x95
|
||||
#define PARAM_OSC_PSCALE 0x96
|
||||
#define PARAM_OSC_CMATCH 0x97
|
||||
#define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98
|
||||
#define PARAM_TOPCARD_DETECT 0x9A
|
||||
#define PARAM_STATUS 0x9C
|
||||
#define PARAM_DATA 0x9D
|
||||
#define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E
|
||||
#define PARAM_CONTROLLER_INIT 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
// *****************[ STK answer constants ]***************************
|
||||
|
||||
#define ANSWER_CKSUM_ERROR 0xB0
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <Arduino_Mega_ISR_Registry.h>
|
||||
#include <APM_RC.h> // ArduPilot Mega RC Library
|
||||
/*
|
||||
ArduPilotMega radio test tool
|
||||
Authors: Doug Weibel, Jose Julio
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// GENERAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS
|
||||
// --------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Radio values
|
||||
Channel assignments
|
||||
1 Ailerons (rudder if no ailerons)
|
||||
2 Elevator
|
||||
3 Throttle
|
||||
4 Rudder (if we have ailerons)
|
||||
5 TBD
|
||||
6 TBD
|
||||
7 TBD
|
||||
8 Mode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int radio_in[8]; // current values from the transmitter - microseconds
|
||||
float servo_out[] = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
|
||||
unsigned long fast_loopTimer = 0; // current values to the servos - -45 to 45 degrees, except [3] is 0 to 100
|
||||
|
||||
Arduino_Mega_ISR_Registry isr_registry;
|
||||
APM_RC_APM1 APM_RC;
|
||||
|
||||
void setup() {
|
||||
Serial.begin(115200);
|
||||
isr_registry.init();
|
||||
APM_RC.Init(&isr_registry); // APM Radio initialization
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void loop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
// -----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if (millis()-fast_loopTimer > 199) {
|
||||
fast_loopTimer = millis();
|
||||
|
||||
read_radio();
|
||||
|
||||
Serial.print("ch1: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[0]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch2: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[1]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch3: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[2]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch4: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[3]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch5: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[4]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch6: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[5]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch7: ");
|
||||
Serial.print(radio_in[6]);
|
||||
Serial.print(" ch8: ");
|
||||
Serial.println(radio_in[7]);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void read_radio()
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
for (int y=0;y<8;y++) radio_in[y] = APM_RC.InputCh(y);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
include ../../mk/apm.mk
|
||||
@ -1,473 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ArduPPM Version v0.9.87
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ARDUCOPTER 2 : PPM ENCODER for AT Mega 328p and APM v1.4 Boards
|
||||
// By:John Arne Birkeland - 2011
|
||||
//
|
||||
// By: Olivier ADLER - 2011 - APM v1.4 adaptation and testing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Compiled with Atmel AVR Studio 4.0 / AVR GCC
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Changelog //
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Code based on John Arne PPM v1 encoder. Mux / Led / Failsafe control from Olivier ADLER.
|
||||
// Adaptation to APM v1.4 / ATMEGA 328p by Olivier ADLER, with great code base, help and advices from John Arne.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 0.9.0 -> 0.9.4 : experimental versions. Not publicly available. Jitter problems, good reliability.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// New PPM code base V2 from John Arne designed for 32u2 AVRs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 0.9.5 : first reliable and jitter free version based on new John PPM V2 code and Olivier interrupt nesting idea.
|
||||
// 0.9.6 : enhanced jitter free version with non bloking servo interrupt and ultra fast ppm generator interrupt(John's ideas)
|
||||
// 0.9.7 : mux (passthrough mode) switchover reliability enhancements and error reporting improvements.
|
||||
// 0.9.75 : implemented ppm_encoder.h library with support for both atmega328p and atmega32u2 chips
|
||||
// 0.9.76 : timers 0 and 2 replaced by a delayed loop for simplicity. Timer 0 and 2 are now free for use.
|
||||
// reworked error detection with settable time window, errors threshold and Led delay
|
||||
// 0.9.77 : Implemented ppm_encoder.h into latest version.
|
||||
// 0.9.78 : Implemented optimzed assembly compare interrupt
|
||||
// 0.9.79 : Removed Non Blocking attribute for servo input interrupt
|
||||
// 0.9.80 : Removed non blocking for compare interrupt, added optionnal jitter filter and optionnal non blocking attribute for assembly version of compare interrupt
|
||||
// 0.9.81 : Added PPM PASSTROUGH Mode and LED Codes function to report special modes
|
||||
// 0.9.82 : LED codes function simplification
|
||||
// 0.9.83 : Implemented PPM passtrough failsafe
|
||||
// 0.9.84 : Corrected pin and port names in Encoder-PPM.c according to #define for Mega32U2 compatibility
|
||||
// 0.9.85 : Added brownout reset detection flag
|
||||
// 0.9.86 : Added a #define to disable Radio Passthrough mode (hardware failsafe for Arduplane)
|
||||
// 0.9.87 : #define correction for radio passthrough (was screwed up).
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// PREPROCESSOR DIRECTIVES
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "..\Libraries\ppm_encoder.h"
|
||||
#include <util/delay.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define ERROR_THRESHOLD 2 // Number of servo input errors before alerting
|
||||
#define ERROR_DETECTION_WINDOW 3000 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Detection window for error detection (default to 30s)
|
||||
#define ERROR_CONDITION_DELAY 500 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Servo error condition LED delay (LED blinking duration)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_MODE_ENABLED // Comment this line to remove CH8 radio passthrough mode support (hardware failsafe for Arduplane)
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL 8 * 2 // Channel for passthrough mode selection
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_OFF_US ONE_US * 1600 - PPM_PRE_PULSE // Passthrough off threshold
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_ON_US ONE_US * 1800 - PPM_PRE_PULSE // Passthrough on threshold
|
||||
|
||||
#define THROTTLE_CHANNEL 3 * 2 // Throttle Channel
|
||||
#define THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US ONE_US * 1200 - PPM_PRE_PULSE // Throttle Channel Led toggle threshold
|
||||
#define LED_LOW_BLINKING_RATE 125 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Led blink rate for low throttle position (half period)
|
||||
|
||||
// Timers
|
||||
|
||||
#define TIMER0_10MS 156 // Timer0 ticks for 10 ms duration
|
||||
#define TIMER1_10MS 20000 // Timer1 ticks for 10 ms duration
|
||||
#define TIMER2_100MS 1562 // Timer2 ticks for 100 ms duration
|
||||
#define LOOP_TIMER_10MS 10 // Loop timer ticks for 10 ms duration
|
||||
|
||||
// LED Code
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPACE_SHORT_DURATION 40 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Space after short symbol
|
||||
#define SPACE_LONG_DURATION 75 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Space after long symbol
|
||||
#define SYMBOL_SHORT_DURATION 20 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Short symbol duration
|
||||
#define SYMBOL_LONG_DURATION 100 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Long symbol duration
|
||||
#define INTER_CODE_DURATION 150 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Inter code duration
|
||||
|
||||
#define INTER_CODE 0 // Symbols value for coding
|
||||
#define SHORT_SYMBOL 1
|
||||
#define LONG_SYMBOL 2
|
||||
#define SHORT_SPACE 3
|
||||
#define LONG_SPACE 4
|
||||
#define LOOP 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// PPM ENCODER INIT AND AUXILIARY TASKS
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// LOCAL VARIABLES
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
bool init = true; // We are inside init sequence
|
||||
bool mux_passthrough = false; // Mux passthrough mode status Flag : passthrough is off
|
||||
uint16_t led_acceleration; // Led acceleration based on throttle stick position
|
||||
bool servo_error_condition = false; // Servo signal error condition
|
||||
|
||||
static uint16_t servo_error_detection_timer=0; // Servo error detection timer
|
||||
static uint16_t servo_error_condition_timer=0; // Servo error condition timer
|
||||
static uint16_t blink_led_timer = 0; // Blink led timer
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PASSTHROUGH_MODE_ENABLED
|
||||
static uint8_t mux_timer = 0; // Mux timer
|
||||
static uint8_t mux_counter = 0; // Mux counter
|
||||
static int8_t mux_check = 0;
|
||||
static uint16_t mux_ppm = 500;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static uint16_t led_code_timer = 0; // Blink Code Timer
|
||||
static uint8_t led_code_symbol = 0; // Blink Code current symbol
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// LOCAL FUNCTIONS
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Led blinking (non blocking) function
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t blink_led ( uint16_t half_period ) // ( half_period max = 65 s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
blink_led_timer++;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( blink_led_timer < half_period ) // If half period has not been reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0; // Exit timer function and return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // half period reached - LED Toggle
|
||||
{
|
||||
PPM_PORT ^= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Toggle status LED
|
||||
blink_led_timer = 0; // Blink led timer reset
|
||||
|
||||
return 1; // half period reached - Exit timer function and return 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Led code (non blocking) function
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void blink_code_led ( uint8_t code )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8_t coding[2][14] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE
|
||||
{ INTER_CODE, LONG_SYMBOL, LONG_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, SHORT_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, LOOP },
|
||||
|
||||
// JETI_MODE
|
||||
{ INTER_CODE, LONG_SYMBOL, LONG_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, SHORT_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, SHORT_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL,LOOP }
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
led_code_timer++;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
switch ( coding [ code - 2 ] [ led_code_symbol ] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case INTER_CODE:
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( INTER_CODE_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Enable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LONG_SYMBOL: // Long symbol
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SYMBOL_LONG_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB0 ); // Disable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SHORT_SYMBOL: // Short symbol
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SYMBOL_SHORT_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB0 ); // Disable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SHORT_SPACE: // Short space
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SPACE_SHORT_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Enable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LONG_SPACE: // Long space
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SPACE_LONG_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Enable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LOOP: // Loop to code start
|
||||
led_code_symbol = 0;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
led_code_timer = 0; // Code led timer reset
|
||||
led_code_symbol++; // Next symbol
|
||||
|
||||
return; // LED code function return
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ppm reading helper - interrupt safe and non blocking function
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
uint16_t ppm_read( uint8_t channel )
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t ppm_tmp = ppm[ channel ];
|
||||
while( ppm_tmp != ppm[ channel ] ) ppm_tmp = ppm[ channel ];
|
||||
|
||||
return ppm_tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// INITIALISATION CODE
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Reset Source checkings
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if (MCUSR & 1) // Power-on Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
// custom code here
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (MCUSR & 2) // External Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
// custom code here
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (MCUSR & 4) // Brown-Out Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
brownout_reset=true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Watchdog Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
// custom code here
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Servo input and PPM generator init
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ppm_encoder_init();
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Outputs init
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PPM_DDR |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Set LED pin (PB0) to output
|
||||
PPM_DDR |= ( 1 << PB1 ); // Set MUX pin (PB1) to output
|
||||
PPM_DDR |= ( 1 << PPM_OUTPUT_PIN ); // Set PPM pin (PPM_OUTPUT_PIN, OC1B) to output
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Timer0 init (normal mode) used for LED control and custom code
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TCCR0A = 0x00; // Clock source: System Clock
|
||||
TCCR0B = 0x05; // Set 1024x prescaler - Clock value: 15.625 kHz - 16 ms max time
|
||||
TCNT0 = 0x00;
|
||||
OCR0A = 0x00; // OC0x outputs: Disconnected
|
||||
OCR0B = 0x00;
|
||||
TIMSK0 = 0x00; // Timer 1 interrupt disable
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Enable global interrupt
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
sei(); // Enable Global interrupt flag
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Disable radio passthrough (mux chip A/B control)
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB1 ); // Set PIN B1 to disable Radio passthrough (mux)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Check for first valid servo signal
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
while( 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition || servo_input_missing ) // We have an error
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_led ( 6 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ); // Status LED very fast blink if invalid servo input or missing signal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // We are running normally
|
||||
{
|
||||
init = false; // initialisation is done,
|
||||
switch ( servo_input_mode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SERVO_PWM_MODE: // Normal PWM mode
|
||||
goto PWM_LOOP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE: // PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE
|
||||
goto PPM_PASSTHROUGH_LOOP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default: // Normal PWM mode
|
||||
goto PWM_LOOP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
_delay_us (970); // Slow down while loop
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// AUXILIARY TASKS
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PWM_LOOP: // SERVO_PWM_MODE
|
||||
while( 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef PASSTHROUGH_MODE_ENABLED
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Radio passthrough control (mux chip A/B control)
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
mux_timer++; // Increment mux timer
|
||||
|
||||
if ( mux_timer > ( 3 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ) ) // Check Passthrough Channel every 30ms
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
mux_timer = 0; // Reset mux timer
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( mux_counter++ < 5) // Check passthrough channel position 5 times
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
mux_ppm = ppm_read( PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL - 1 ); // Safely read passthrough channel ppm position
|
||||
|
||||
if ( mux_ppm < ( PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_OFF_US ) ) // Check ppm value and update validation counter
|
||||
{
|
||||
mux_check -= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( mux_ppm > ( PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_ON_US ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
mux_check += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Check
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch ( mux_check ) // If all 5 checks are the same, update mux status flag
|
||||
{
|
||||
case -5:
|
||||
mux_passthrough = false;
|
||||
PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB1 ); // Set PIN B1 (Mux) to disable Radio passthrough
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 5:
|
||||
mux_passthrough = true;
|
||||
PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB1 ); // Reset PIN B1 (Mux) to enable Radio passthrough
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mux_check = 0; // Reset mux validation counter
|
||||
mux_counter = 0; // Reset mux counter
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Status LED control
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition || servo_input_missing ) // We have an error
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_led ( 6 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ); // Status LED very fast blink if invalid servo input or missing signal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // We are running normally
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( mux_passthrough == false ) // Normal mode : status LED toggle speed from throttle position
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_acceleration = ( ppm[THROTTLE_CHANNEL - 1] - ( PPM_SERVO_MIN ) ) / 2;
|
||||
blink_led ( LED_LOW_BLINKING_RATE - led_acceleration );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Passthrough mode : status LED never flashing
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable status LED if throttle > THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US
|
||||
if ( ppm[THROTTLE_CHANNEL - 1] > ( THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Disable status LED if throttle <= THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US
|
||||
else if ( ppm[THROTTLE_CHANNEL - 1] <= ( THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Servo input error detection
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// If there are too many errors during the detection time window, then trig servo error condition
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_input_errors > 0 ) // Start error rate checking if an error did occur
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( servo_error_detection_timer > ( ERROR_DETECTION_WINDOW ) ) // If 10s delay reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_detection_timer = 0; // Reset error detection timer
|
||||
|
||||
servo_input_errors = 0; // Reset servo input error counter
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // If 10s delay is not reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_detection_timer++; // Increment servo error timer value
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_input_errors >= ( ERROR_THRESHOLD ) ) // If there are too many errors
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_condition = true; // Enable error condition flag
|
||||
servo_input_errors = 0; // Reset servo input error counter
|
||||
servo_error_detection_timer = 0; // Reset servo error detection timer
|
||||
servo_error_condition_timer = 0; // Reset servo error condition timer
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo error condition flag (will control blinking LED)
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition == true ) // We are in error condition
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition_timer > ( ERROR_CONDITION_DELAY ) ) // If 3s delay reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_condition_timer = 0; // Reset servo error condition timer
|
||||
|
||||
servo_error_condition = false; // Reset servo error condition flag (Led will stop very fast blink)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else servo_error_condition_timer++; // If 3s delay is not reached update servo error condition timer value
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_delay_us (950); // Slow down while loop
|
||||
|
||||
} // PWM Loop end
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PPM_PASSTHROUGH_LOOP: // PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Status LED control
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_input_missing ) // We have an error
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_led ( 6 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ); // Status LED very fast blink if invalid servo input or missing signal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // We are running normally
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_code_led ( PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE ); // Blink LED according to mode 2 code (one long, two shorts).
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_delay_us (970); // Slow down this loop
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // PPM_PASSTHROUGH Loop end
|
||||
|
||||
} // main function end
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,484 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ArduPPM Version v0.9.89
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ARDUCOPTER 2 : PPM ENCODER for AT Mega 328p and APM v1.4 Boards
|
||||
// By:John Arne Birkeland - 2011
|
||||
//
|
||||
// By: Olivier ADLER - 2011 - APM v1.4 adaptation and testing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Compiled with Atmel AVR Studio 4.0 / AVR GCC
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Changelog //
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Code based on John Arne PPM v1 encoder. Mux / Led / Failsafe control from Olivier ADLER.
|
||||
// Adaptation to APM v1.4 / ATMEGA 328p by Olivier ADLER, with great code base, help and advices from John Arne.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 0.9.0 -> 0.9.4 : experimental versions. Not publicly available. Jitter problems, good reliability.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// New PPM code base V2 from John Arne designed for 32u2 AVRs
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 0.9.5 : first reliable and jitter free version based on new John PPM V2 code and Olivier interrupt nesting idea.
|
||||
// 0.9.6 : enhanced jitter free version with non bloking servo interrupt and ultra fast ppm generator interrupt(John's ideas)
|
||||
// 0.9.7 : mux (passthrough mode) switchover reliability enhancements and error reporting improvements.
|
||||
// 0.9.75 : implemented ppm_encoder.h library with support for both atmega328p and atmega32u2 chips
|
||||
// 0.9.76 : timers 0 and 2 replaced by a delayed loop for simplicity. Timer 0 and 2 are now free for use.
|
||||
// reworked error detection with settable time window, errors threshold and Led delay
|
||||
// 0.9.77 : Implemented ppm_encoder.h into latest version.
|
||||
// 0.9.78 : Implemented optimzed assembly compare interrupt
|
||||
// 0.9.79 : Removed Non Blocking attribute for servo input interrupt
|
||||
// 0.9.80 : Removed non blocking for compare interrupt, added optionnal jitter filter and optionnal non blocking attribute for assembly version of compare interrupt
|
||||
// 0.9.81 : Added PPM PASSTROUGH Mode and LED Codes function to report special modes
|
||||
// 0.9.82 : LED codes function simplification
|
||||
// 0.9.83 : Implemented PPM passtrough failsafe
|
||||
// 0.9.84 : Corrected pin and port names in Encoder-PPM.c according to #define for Mega32U2 compatibility
|
||||
// 0.9.85 : Added brownout reset detection flag
|
||||
// 0.9.86 : Added a #define to disable Radio Passthrough mode (hardware failsafe for Arduplane)
|
||||
// 0.9.87 : #define correction for radio passthrough (was screwed up).
|
||||
// 0.9.88 : LED fail-safe indication is on whenever throttle is low
|
||||
// 0.9.89 : LED fail-safe change can be reverted with a define
|
||||
// 0.9.90 : Small improvements in library
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// PREPROCESSOR DIRECTIVES
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../Libraries/PPM_Encoder.h"
|
||||
#include <util/delay.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define ERROR_THRESHOLD 2 // Number of servo input errors before alerting
|
||||
#define ERROR_DETECTION_WINDOW 3000 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Detection window for error detection (default to 30s)
|
||||
#define ERROR_CONDITION_DELAY 500 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Servo error condition LED delay (LED blinking duration)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PASSTHROUGH_MODE_ENABLED // Comment this line to remove CH8 radio passthrough mode support (hardware failsafe for Arduplane)
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL 8 * 2 // Channel for passthrough mode selection
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_OFF_US ONE_US * 1600 - PPM_PRE_PULSE // Passthrough off threshold
|
||||
#define PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_ON_US ONE_US * 1800 - PPM_PRE_PULSE // Passthrough on threshold
|
||||
|
||||
#define THROTTLE_CHANNEL 3 * 2 // Throttle Channel
|
||||
#define THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US ONE_US * 1200 - PPM_PRE_PULSE // Throttle Channel Led toggle threshold
|
||||
#define LED_LOW_BLINKING_RATE 125 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Led blink rate for low throttle position (half period)
|
||||
|
||||
// Timers
|
||||
|
||||
#define TIMER0_10MS 156 // Timer0 ticks for 10 ms duration
|
||||
#define TIMER1_10MS 20000 // Timer1 ticks for 10 ms duration
|
||||
#define TIMER2_100MS 1562 // Timer2 ticks for 100 ms duration
|
||||
#define LOOP_TIMER_10MS 10 // Loop timer ticks for 10 ms duration
|
||||
|
||||
// LED Code
|
||||
|
||||
#define SPACE_SHORT_DURATION 40 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Space after short symbol
|
||||
#define SPACE_LONG_DURATION 75 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Space after long symbol
|
||||
#define SYMBOL_SHORT_DURATION 20 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Short symbol duration
|
||||
#define SYMBOL_LONG_DURATION 100 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Long symbol duration
|
||||
#define INTER_CODE_DURATION 150 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS // Inter code duration
|
||||
|
||||
#define INTER_CODE 0 // Symbols value for coding
|
||||
#define SHORT_SYMBOL 1
|
||||
#define LONG_SYMBOL 2
|
||||
#define SHORT_SPACE 3
|
||||
#define LONG_SPACE 4
|
||||
#define LOOP 5
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// PPM ENCODER INIT AND AUXILIARY TASKS
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// LOCAL VARIABLES
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
bool init = true; // We are inside init sequence
|
||||
bool mux_passthrough = false; // Mux passthrough mode status Flag : passthrough is off
|
||||
uint16_t led_acceleration; // Led acceleration based on throttle stick position
|
||||
bool servo_error_condition = false; // Servo signal error condition
|
||||
|
||||
static uint16_t servo_error_detection_timer=0; // Servo error detection timer
|
||||
static uint16_t servo_error_condition_timer=0; // Servo error condition timer
|
||||
static uint16_t blink_led_timer = 0; // Blink led timer
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PASSTHROUGH_MODE_ENABLED
|
||||
static uint8_t mux_timer = 0; // Mux timer
|
||||
static uint8_t mux_counter = 0; // Mux counter
|
||||
static int8_t mux_check = 0;
|
||||
static uint16_t mux_ppm = 500;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static uint16_t led_code_timer = 0; // Blink Code Timer
|
||||
static uint8_t led_code_symbol = 0; // Blink Code current symbol
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// LOCAL FUNCTIONS
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Led blinking (non blocking) function
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t blink_led ( uint16_t half_period ) // ( half_period max = 65 s )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
blink_led_timer++;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( blink_led_timer < half_period ) // If half period has not been reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0; // Exit timer function and return 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // half period reached - LED Toggle
|
||||
{
|
||||
PPM_PORT ^= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Toggle status LED
|
||||
blink_led_timer = 0; // Blink led timer reset
|
||||
|
||||
return 1; // half period reached - Exit timer function and return 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Led code (non blocking) function
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void blink_code_led ( uint8_t code )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8_t coding[2][14] = {
|
||||
|
||||
// PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE
|
||||
{ INTER_CODE, LONG_SYMBOL, LONG_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, SHORT_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, LOOP },
|
||||
|
||||
// JETI_MODE
|
||||
{ INTER_CODE, LONG_SYMBOL, LONG_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, SHORT_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL, SHORT_SPACE, SHORT_SYMBOL,LOOP }
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
led_code_timer++;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
switch ( coding [ code - 2 ] [ led_code_symbol ] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case INTER_CODE:
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( INTER_CODE_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Enable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LONG_SYMBOL: // Long symbol
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SYMBOL_LONG_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB0 ); // Disable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SHORT_SYMBOL: // Short symbol
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SYMBOL_SHORT_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB0 ); // Disable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case SHORT_SPACE: // Short space
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SPACE_SHORT_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Enable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LONG_SPACE: // Long space
|
||||
|
||||
if ( led_code_timer < ( SPACE_LONG_DURATION ) ) return;
|
||||
else PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Enable status LED
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LOOP: // Loop to code start
|
||||
led_code_symbol = 0;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
led_code_timer = 0; // Code led timer reset
|
||||
led_code_symbol++; // Next symbol
|
||||
|
||||
return; // LED code function return
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ppm reading helper - interrupt safe and non blocking function
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
uint16_t ppm_read( uint8_t channel )
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t ppm_tmp = ppm[ channel ];
|
||||
while( ppm_tmp != ppm[ channel ] ) ppm_tmp = ppm[ channel ];
|
||||
|
||||
return ppm_tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// INITIALISATION CODE
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Reset Source checkings
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
if (MCUSR & 1) // Power-on Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
// custom code here
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (MCUSR & 2) // External Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
// custom code here
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (MCUSR & 4) // Brown-Out Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
brownout_reset=true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Watchdog Reset
|
||||
{
|
||||
MCUSR=0; // Clear MCU Status register
|
||||
// custom code here
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Servo input and PPM generator init
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ppm_encoder_init();
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Outputs init
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PPM_DDR |= ( 1 << PB0 ); // Set LED pin (PB0) to output
|
||||
PPM_DDR |= ( 1 << PB1 ); // Set MUX pin (PB1) to output
|
||||
PPM_DDR |= ( 1 << PPM_OUTPUT_PIN ); // Set PPM pin (PPM_OUTPUT_PIN, OC1B) to output
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Timer0 init (normal mode) used for LED control and custom code
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TCCR0A = 0x00; // Clock source: System Clock
|
||||
TCCR0B = 0x05; // Set 1024x prescaler - Clock value: 15.625 kHz - 16 ms max time
|
||||
TCNT0 = 0x00;
|
||||
OCR0A = 0x00; // OC0x outputs: Disconnected
|
||||
OCR0B = 0x00;
|
||||
TIMSK0 = 0x00; // Timer 1 interrupt disable
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Enable global interrupt
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
sei(); // Enable Global interrupt flag
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Disable radio passthrough (mux chip A/B control)
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB1 ); // Set PIN B1 to disable Radio passthrough (mux)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Check for first valid servo signal
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
while( 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _THROTTLE_LOW_RECOVERY_POSSIBLE
|
||||
if ( throttle_failsafe_force ) // We have an error
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition || servo_input_missing ) // We have an error
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_led ( 6 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ); // Status LED very fast blink if invalid servo input or missing signal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // We are running normally
|
||||
{
|
||||
init = false; // initialisation is done,
|
||||
switch ( servo_input_mode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SERVO_PWM_MODE: // Normal PWM mode
|
||||
goto PWM_LOOP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE: // PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE
|
||||
goto PPM_PASSTHROUGH_LOOP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default: // Normal PWM mode
|
||||
goto PWM_LOOP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
_delay_us (970); // Slow down while loop
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// AUXILIARY TASKS
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
PWM_LOOP: // SERVO_PWM_MODE
|
||||
while( 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef PASSTHROUGH_MODE_ENABLED
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Radio passthrough control (mux chip A/B control)
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
mux_timer++; // Increment mux timer
|
||||
|
||||
if ( mux_timer > ( 3 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ) ) // Check Passthrough Channel every 30ms
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
mux_timer = 0; // Reset mux timer
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( mux_counter++ < 5) // Check passthrough channel position 5 times
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
mux_ppm = ppm_read( PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL - 1 ); // Safely read passthrough channel ppm position
|
||||
|
||||
if ( mux_ppm < ( PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_OFF_US ) ) // Check ppm value and update validation counter
|
||||
{
|
||||
mux_check -= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( mux_ppm > ( PASSTHROUGH_CHANNEL_ON_US ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
mux_check += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Check
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch ( mux_check ) // If all 5 checks are the same, update mux status flag
|
||||
{
|
||||
case -5:
|
||||
mux_passthrough = false;
|
||||
PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB1 ); // Set PIN B1 (Mux) to disable Radio passthrough
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 5:
|
||||
mux_passthrough = true;
|
||||
PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB1 ); // Reset PIN B1 (Mux) to enable Radio passthrough
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mux_check = 0; // Reset mux validation counter
|
||||
mux_counter = 0; // Reset mux counter
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Status LED control
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#ifdef _THROTTLE_LOW_FAILSAFE_INDICATION
|
||||
if ( throttle_failsafe_force ) // We have an error
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition || servo_input_missing ) // We have an error
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_led ( 6 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ); // Status LED very fast blink if invalid servo input or missing signal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // We are running normally
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( mux_passthrough == false ) // Normal mode : status LED toggle speed from throttle position
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_acceleration = ( ppm[THROTTLE_CHANNEL - 1] - ( PPM_SERVO_MIN ) ) / 2;
|
||||
blink_led ( LED_LOW_BLINKING_RATE - led_acceleration );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Passthrough mode : status LED never flashing
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable status LED if throttle > THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US
|
||||
if ( ppm[THROTTLE_CHANNEL - 1] > ( THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PPM_PORT |= ( 1 << PB0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Disable status LED if throttle <= THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US
|
||||
else if ( ppm[THROTTLE_CHANNEL - 1] <= ( THROTTLE_CHANNEL_LED_TOGGLE_US ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PPM_PORT &= ~( 1 << PB0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Servo input error detection
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// If there are too many errors during the detection time window, then trig servo error condition
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_input_errors > 0 ) // Start error rate checking if an error did occur
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( servo_error_detection_timer > ( ERROR_DETECTION_WINDOW ) ) // If 10s delay reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_detection_timer = 0; // Reset error detection timer
|
||||
|
||||
servo_input_errors = 0; // Reset servo input error counter
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // If 10s delay is not reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_detection_timer++; // Increment servo error timer value
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_input_errors >= ( ERROR_THRESHOLD ) ) // If there are too many errors
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_condition = true; // Enable error condition flag
|
||||
servo_input_errors = 0; // Reset servo input error counter
|
||||
servo_error_detection_timer = 0; // Reset servo error detection timer
|
||||
servo_error_condition_timer = 0; // Reset servo error condition timer
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo error condition flag (will control blinking LED)
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition == true ) // We are in error condition
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_error_condition_timer > ( ERROR_CONDITION_DELAY ) ) // If 3s delay reached
|
||||
{
|
||||
servo_error_condition_timer = 0; // Reset servo error condition timer
|
||||
|
||||
servo_error_condition = false; // Reset servo error condition flag (Led will stop very fast blink)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else servo_error_condition_timer++; // If 3s delay is not reached update servo error condition timer value
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_delay_us (950); // Slow down while loop
|
||||
|
||||
} // PWM Loop end
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PPM_PASSTHROUGH_LOOP: // PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Status LED control
|
||||
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
if ( servo_input_missing ) // We have an error
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_led ( 6 * LOOP_TIMER_10MS ); // Status LED very fast blink if invalid servo input or missing signal
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // We are running normally
|
||||
{
|
||||
blink_code_led ( PPM_PASSTROUGH_MODE ); // Blink LED according to mode 2 code (one long, two shorts).
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_delay_us (970); // Slow down this loop
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // PPM_PASSTHROUGH Loop end
|
||||
|
||||
} // main function end
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Makefile for the project Encoder-PPM
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
## General Flags
|
||||
PROJECT = Encoder-PPM
|
||||
MCU = atmega328p
|
||||
TARGET = Encoder-PPM.elf
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
|
||||
CPP = avr-g++
|
||||
|
||||
## Options common to compile, link and assembly rules
|
||||
COMMON = -mmcu=$(MCU)
|
||||
|
||||
## Compile options common for all C compilation units.
|
||||
CFLAGS = $(COMMON)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall -gdwarf-2 -std=gnu99 -DF_CPU=16000000UL -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -MD -MP -MT $(*F).o -MF dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
## Assembly specific flags
|
||||
ASMFLAGS = $(COMMON)
|
||||
ASMFLAGS += $(CFLAGS)
|
||||
ASMFLAGS += -x assembler-with-cpp -Wa,-gdwarf2
|
||||
|
||||
## Linker flags
|
||||
LDFLAGS = $(COMMON)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,-Map=Encoder-PPM.map
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Intel Hex file production flags
|
||||
HEX_FLASH_FLAGS = -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature
|
||||
|
||||
HEX_EEPROM_FLAGS = -j .eeprom
|
||||
HEX_EEPROM_FLAGS += --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load"
|
||||
HEX_EEPROM_FLAGS += --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Objects that must be built in order to link
|
||||
OBJECTS = Encoder-PPM.o
|
||||
|
||||
## Objects explicitly added by the user
|
||||
LINKONLYOBJECTS =
|
||||
|
||||
## Build
|
||||
all: $(TARGET) Encoder-PPM.hex Encoder-PPM.eep Encoder-PPM.lss size
|
||||
|
||||
## Compile
|
||||
Encoder-PPM.o: ./Encoder-PPM.c
|
||||
$(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
|
||||
|
||||
##Link
|
||||
$(TARGET): $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJECTS) $(LINKONLYOBJECTS) $(LIBDIRS) $(LIBS) -o $(TARGET)
|
||||
|
||||
%.hex: $(TARGET)
|
||||
avr-objcopy -O ihex $(HEX_FLASH_FLAGS) $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: $(TARGET)
|
||||
-avr-objcopy $(HEX_EEPROM_FLAGS) -O ihex $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
%.lss: $(TARGET)
|
||||
avr-objdump -h -S $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
size: ${TARGET}
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@avr-size -C --mcu=${MCU} ${TARGET}
|
||||
|
||||
## Clean target
|
||||
.PHONY: clean
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
-rm -rf $(OBJECTS) Encoder-PPM.elf dep/* Encoder-PPM.hex Encoder-PPM.eep Encoder-PPM.lss Encoder-PPM.map
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Other dependencies
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir dep 2>NUL) $(wildcard dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ArduPPM is a new 8 channels ppm encoder firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
It is compatible with APM v1.x board (ATMEGA 328p), Phonedrone (using ATmega32u2) and futur boards.
|
||||
|
||||
Emphasis has been put on code simplicity and reliability.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Manual
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Warning
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Code has not yet been massively tested in the field.
|
||||
|
||||
Nevertheless extensive tests have been done in the lab with a limited set of different receivers, and a limited number of users did report very successful results.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Carefully check that your radio is working perfectly before you fly.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If you see the blue status LED blinking very fast very often, this is an indication that something is wrong in the decoding. Rare decoding errors do not hurt.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If you have problems, please report the problem and what brand/modell receiver you are using.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
Normal mode
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Normal mode :
|
||||
|
||||
Blue status LED is used for status reports :
|
||||
|
||||
- slow to fast blinking according to throttle channel position
|
||||
|
||||
- very fast blinking if missing receiver servo signals, or if the servo signals are wrong (invalid pulse widths)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
Radio Passthrough mode (mux)
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This mode is described as hardware failsafe in Arduplane terminology.
|
||||
|
||||
Radio Passthrough mode is trigged by channel 8 > 1800 us.
|
||||
|
||||
Blue status LED has different behavior in passthrough mode :
|
||||
|
||||
- If throttle position < 1200 us, status LED is off
|
||||
|
||||
- If throttle position > 1200 us, status LED is on
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
Failsafe mode
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If a receiver servo channel is lost, the last know channel position is used.
|
||||
If all contact with the receiver is lost, an internal failsafe is trigged after 250ms.
|
||||
|
||||
Default failsafe values are :
|
||||
|
||||
Throttle channel low (channel 3 = 900 us)
|
||||
|
||||
Mode Channel set to flight mode 4 (channel 5 = 1555 us)
|
||||
|
||||
All other channels set to midstick (1500 us)
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
PPM passtrough mode
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If your receiver has a PPM sum signal output, it is now possible to pass on the PPM signal from servo channel 1 to the PPM pin (APM atmega1280/2560 PPM decoder).
|
||||
To enable PPM passtrough, short the servo input channel 2 & 3 signal pins together using a jumper strap and use the channel 1 signal pin as PPM input.
|
||||
Please note that the PPM sum signal must be standard 8 channel PPM to work with the APM PPM decoder.
|
||||
|
||||
In this mode, the blue LED will blink like this : Long - Short - short
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
This is the second generation ppm encoder code designed for APM v1.x boards using ATMega328P.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,728 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the DFU class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C
|
||||
#include "Arduino-usbdfu.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
|
||||
* via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
|
||||
* jumped to via an indirect jump to location 0x0000 (or other location specified by the host).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool RunBootloader = true;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is waiting to exit. When the host requests the bootloader to exit and
|
||||
* jump to the application address it specifies, it sends two sequential commands which must be properly
|
||||
* acknowledged. Upon reception of the first the RunBootloader flag is cleared and the WaitForExit flag is set,
|
||||
* causing the bootloader to wait for the final exit command before shutting down.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool WaitForExit = false;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Current DFU state machine state, one of the values in the DFU_State_t enum. */
|
||||
uint8_t DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Status code of the last executed DFU command. This is set to one of the values in the DFU_Status_t enum after
|
||||
* each operation, and returned to the host when a Get Status DFU request is issued.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t DFU_Status = OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Data containing the DFU command sent from the host. */
|
||||
DFU_Command_t SentCommand;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Response to the last issued Read Data DFU command. Unlike other DFU commands, the read command
|
||||
* requires a single byte response from the bootloader containing the read data when the next DFU_UPLOAD command
|
||||
* is issued by the host.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t ResponseByte;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pointer to the start of the user application. By default this is 0x0000 (the reset vector), however the host
|
||||
* may specify an alternate address when issuing the application soft-start command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AppPtr_t AppStartPtr = (AppPtr_t)0x0000;
|
||||
|
||||
/** 64-bit flash page number. This is concatenated with the current 16-bit address on USB AVRs containing more than
|
||||
* 64KB of flash memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t Flash64KBPage = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Memory start address, indicating the current address in the memory being addressed (either FLASH or EEPROM
|
||||
* depending on the issued command from the host).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t StartAddr = 0x0000;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Memory end address, indicating the end address to read to/write from in the memory being addressed (either FLASH
|
||||
* of EEPROM depending on the issued command from the host).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t EndAddr = 0x0000;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */
|
||||
volatile struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */
|
||||
uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */
|
||||
uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */
|
||||
} PulseMSRemaining;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
|
||||
* runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
|
||||
* the loaded application code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure hardware required by the bootloader */
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
|
||||
sei();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Run the USB management task while the bootloader is supposed to be running */
|
||||
while (RunBootloader || WaitForExit)
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset configured hardware back to their original states for the user application */
|
||||
ResetHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start the user application */
|
||||
AppStartPtr();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
// clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
|
||||
MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
|
||||
MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the USB subsystem */
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resets all configured hardware required for the bootloader back to their original states. */
|
||||
void ResetHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Shut down the USB subsystem */
|
||||
USB_ShutDown();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Relocate the interrupt vector table back to the application section */
|
||||
MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
|
||||
MCUCR = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
|
||||
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the DFU commands, which are
|
||||
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the size of the command and data from the wLength value */
|
||||
SentCommand.DataSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */
|
||||
if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse))
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */
|
||||
if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse))
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DFU_DNLOAD:
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
|
||||
PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if bootloader is waiting to terminate */
|
||||
if (WaitForExit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Bootloader is terminating - process last received command */
|
||||
ProcessBootloaderCommand();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Turn off TX/RX status LEDs so that they're not left on when application starts */
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Indicate that the last command has now been processed - free to exit bootloader */
|
||||
WaitForExit = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the request has a data stage, load it into the command struct */
|
||||
if (SentCommand.DataSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* First byte of the data stage is the DNLOAD request's command */
|
||||
SentCommand.Command = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
|
||||
|
||||
/* One byte of the data stage is the command, so subtract it from the total data bytes */
|
||||
SentCommand.DataSize--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the rest of the data stage as command parameters */
|
||||
for (uint8_t DataByte = 0; (DataByte < sizeof(SentCommand.Data)) &&
|
||||
Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); DataByte++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SentCommand.Data[DataByte] = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
|
||||
SentCommand.DataSize--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process the command */
|
||||
ProcessBootloaderCommand();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if currently downloading firmware */
|
||||
if (DFU_State == dfuDNLOAD_IDLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(SentCommand.DataSize))
|
||||
{
|
||||
DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Throw away the filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
|
||||
DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Throw away the packet alignment filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
|
||||
DiscardFillerBytes(StartAddr % FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate the number of bytes remaining to be written */
|
||||
uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Write flash
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
|
||||
uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t Words[2];
|
||||
uint32_t Long;
|
||||
} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
|
||||
uint8_t WordsInFlashPage = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (WordsRemaining--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
|
||||
if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the next word into the current flash page */
|
||||
boot_page_fill(CurrFlashAddress.Long, Endpoint_Read_Word_LE());
|
||||
|
||||
/* Adjust counters */
|
||||
WordsInFlashPage += 1;
|
||||
CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if an entire page has been written to the flash page buffer */
|
||||
if ((WordsInFlashPage == (SPM_PAGESIZE >> 1)) || !(WordsRemaining))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Commit the flash page to memory */
|
||||
boot_page_write(CurrFlashPageStartAddress);
|
||||
boot_spm_busy_wait();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if programming incomplete */
|
||||
if (WordsRemaining)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
|
||||
WordsInFlashPage = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Erase next page's temp buffer */
|
||||
boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
|
||||
boot_spm_busy_wait();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Once programming complete, start address equals the end address */
|
||||
StartAddr = EndAddr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Re-enable the RWW section of flash */
|
||||
boot_rww_enable();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Write EEPROM
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (BytesRemaining--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
|
||||
if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the byte from the USB interface and write to to the EEPROM */
|
||||
eeprom_write_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr, Endpoint_Read_Byte());
|
||||
|
||||
/* Adjust counters */
|
||||
StartAddr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Throw away the currently unused DFU file suffix */
|
||||
DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DFU_UPLOAD:
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
|
||||
PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (DFU_State != dfuUPLOAD_IDLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((DFU_State == dfuERROR) && IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank Check
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Blank checking is performed in the DFU_DNLOAD request - if we get here we've told the host
|
||||
that the memory isn't blank, and the host is requesting the first non-blank address */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(StartAddr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Idle state upload - send response to last issued command */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(ResponseByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Determine the number of bytes remaining in the current block */
|
||||
uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read FLASH
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
|
||||
uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t Words[2];
|
||||
uint32_t Long;
|
||||
} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
|
||||
|
||||
while (WordsRemaining--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
|
||||
if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the flash word and send it via USB to the host */
|
||||
#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(pgm_read_word_far(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(pgm_read_word(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Adjust counters */
|
||||
CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Once reading is complete, start address equals the end address */
|
||||
StartAddr = EndAddr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (BytesRemaining--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
|
||||
if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the EEPROM byte and send it via USB to the host */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Adjust counters */
|
||||
StartAddr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return to idle state */
|
||||
DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DFU_GETSTATUS:
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write 8-bit status value */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(DFU_Status);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write 24-bit poll timeout value */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(0);
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write 8-bit state value */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(DFU_State);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write 8-bit state string ID number */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(0);
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DFU_CLRSTATUS:
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the status value variable to the default OK status */
|
||||
DFU_Status = OK;
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DFU_GETSTATE:
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the current device state to the endpoint */
|
||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(DFU_State);
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearIN();
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DFU_ABORT:
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Turn off TX/RX status LEDs so that they're not left on when application starts */
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the current state variable to the default idle state */
|
||||
DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Routine to discard the specified number of bytes from the control endpoint stream. This is used to
|
||||
* discard unused bytes in the stream from the host, including the memory program block suffix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to discard from the host from the control endpoint
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (NumberOfBytes--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait until next data packet received */
|
||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_Discard_Byte();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Routine to process an issued command from the host, via a DFU_DNLOAD request wrapper. This routine ensures
|
||||
* that the command is allowed based on the current secure mode flag value, and passes the command off to the
|
||||
* appropriate handler function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if device is in secure mode */
|
||||
// if (IsSecure)
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// /* Don't process command unless it is a READ or chip erase command */
|
||||
// if (!(((SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_WRITE) &&
|
||||
// IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) ||
|
||||
// (SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_READ)))
|
||||
// {
|
||||
// /* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
|
||||
// DFU_State = dfuERROR;
|
||||
// DFU_Status = errWRITE;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// /* Stall command */
|
||||
// Endpoint_StallTransaction();
|
||||
//
|
||||
// /* Don't process the command */
|
||||
// return;
|
||||
// }
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Dispatch the required command processing routine based on the command type */
|
||||
switch (SentCommand.Command)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case COMMAND_PROG_START:
|
||||
ProcessMemProgCommand();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case COMMAND_DISP_DATA:
|
||||
ProcessMemReadCommand();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case COMMAND_WRITE:
|
||||
ProcessWriteCommand();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case COMMAND_READ:
|
||||
ProcessReadCommand();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR:
|
||||
if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03, 0x00)) // Set 64KB flash page command
|
||||
Flash64KBPage = SentCommand.Data[2];
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Routine to concatenate the given pair of 16-bit memory start and end addresses from the host, and store them
|
||||
* in the StartAddr and EndAddr global variables.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Bytes[2];
|
||||
uint16_t Word;
|
||||
} Address[2] = {{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[2], SentCommand.Data[1]}},
|
||||
{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}}};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the start and ending read addresses from the sent data packet */
|
||||
StartAddr = Address[0].Word;
|
||||
EndAddr = Address[1].Word;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handler for a Memory Program command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
|
||||
* to write subsequent data from the host into the specified memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Write FLASH command
|
||||
IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Write EEPROM command
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
|
||||
LoadStartEndAddresses();
|
||||
|
||||
/* If FLASH is being written to, we need to pre-erase the first page to write to */
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))
|
||||
{
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t Words[2];
|
||||
uint32_t Long;
|
||||
} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Erase the current page's temp buffer */
|
||||
boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
|
||||
boot_spm_busy_wait();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the state so that the next DNLOAD requests reads in the firmware */
|
||||
DFU_State = dfuDNLOAD_IDLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handler for a Memory Read command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
|
||||
* to read subsequent data from the specified memory out to the host, as well as implementing the memory
|
||||
* blank check command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Read FLASH command
|
||||
IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM command
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
|
||||
LoadStartEndAddresses();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the state so that the next UPLOAD requests read out the firmware */
|
||||
DFU_State = dfuUPLOAD_IDLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank check FLASH command
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while (CurrFlashAddress < BOOT_START_ADDR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if the current byte is not blank */
|
||||
#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
|
||||
if (pgm_read_byte_far(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (pgm_read_byte(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Save the location of the first non-blank byte for response back to the host */
|
||||
Flash64KBPage = (CurrFlashAddress >> 16);
|
||||
StartAddr = CurrFlashAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set state and status variables to the appropriate error values */
|
||||
DFU_State = dfuERROR;
|
||||
DFU_Status = errCHECK_ERASED;
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CurrFlashAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handler for a Data Write command issued by the host. This routine handles non-programming commands such as
|
||||
* bootloader exit (both via software jumps and hardware watchdog resets) and flash memory erasure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ProcessWriteCommand(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03)) // Start application
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Indicate that the bootloader is terminating */
|
||||
WaitForExit = true;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if data supplied for the Start Program command - no data executes the program */
|
||||
if (SentCommand.DataSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x01) // Start via jump
|
||||
{
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Bytes[2];
|
||||
AppPtr_t FuncPtr;
|
||||
} Address = {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Load in the jump address into the application start address pointer */
|
||||
AppStartPtr = Address.FuncPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x00) // Start via watchdog
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Start the watchdog to reset the AVR once the communications are finalized */
|
||||
wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Start via jump
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the flag to terminate the bootloader at next opportunity */
|
||||
RunBootloader = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) // Erase flash
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the application section of flash */
|
||||
while (CurrFlashAddress < BOOT_START_ADDR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
|
||||
boot_spm_busy_wait();
|
||||
boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
|
||||
boot_spm_busy_wait();
|
||||
|
||||
CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Re-enable the RWW section of flash as writing to the flash locks it out */
|
||||
boot_rww_enable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory has been erased, reset the security bit so that programming/reading is allowed */
|
||||
// IsSecure = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handler for a Data Read command issued by the host. This routine handles bootloader information retrieval
|
||||
* commands such as device signature and bootloader version retrieval.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void ProcessReadCommand(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const uint8_t BootloaderInfo[3] = {BOOTLOADER_VERSION, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2};
|
||||
const uint8_t SignatureInfo[3] = {AVR_SIGNATURE_1, AVR_SIGNATURE_2, AVR_SIGNATURE_3};
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t DataIndexToRead = SentCommand.Data[1];
|
||||
|
||||
if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read bootloader info
|
||||
ResponseByte = BootloaderInfo[DataIndexToRead];
|
||||
else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Read signature byte
|
||||
ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[DataIndexToRead - 0x30];
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for Arduino-usbdfu.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _ARDUINO_USB_DFU_BOOTLOADER_H_
|
||||
#define _ARDUINO_USB_DFU_BOOTLOADER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/boot.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
|
||||
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configuration define. Define this token to true to case the bootloader to reject all memory commands
|
||||
* until a memory erase has been performed. When used in conjunction with the lockbits of the AVR, this
|
||||
* can protect the AVR's firmware from being dumped from a secured AVR. When false, memory operations are
|
||||
* allowed at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// #define SECURE_MODE false
|
||||
|
||||
/** Major bootloader version number. */
|
||||
#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** Minor bootloader version number. */
|
||||
#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Complete bootloader version number expressed as a packed byte, constructed from the
|
||||
* two individual bootloader version macros.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION ((BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR << 4) | BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV)
|
||||
|
||||
/** First byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
|
||||
#define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1 0xDC
|
||||
|
||||
/** Second byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
|
||||
#define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2 0xFB
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given one-byte long command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
|
||||
* \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1) (dataarr[0] == (cb1))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given two-byte long command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
|
||||
* \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
|
||||
* \param[in] cb2 Second command byte to check
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1, cb2) ((dataarr[0] == (cb1)) && (dataarr[1] == (cb2)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Length of the DFU file suffix block, appended to the end of each complete memory write command.
|
||||
* The DFU file suffix is currently unused (but is designed to give extra file information, such as
|
||||
* a CRC of the complete firmware for error checking) and so is discarded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE 16
|
||||
|
||||
/** Length of the DFU file filler block, appended to the start of each complete memory write command.
|
||||
* Filler bytes are added to the start of each complete memory write command, and must be discarded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE 26
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to detach from the host. */
|
||||
#define DFU_DETATCH 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to send data from the host to the bootloader. */
|
||||
#define DFU_DNLOAD 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to send data from the bootloader to the host. */
|
||||
#define DFU_UPLOAD 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to get the current DFU status and state from the bootloader. */
|
||||
#define DFU_GETSTATUS 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to reset the current DFU status and state variables to their defaults. */
|
||||
#define DFU_CLRSTATUS 0x04
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to get the current DFU state of the bootloader. */
|
||||
#define DFU_GETSTATE 0x05
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU class command request to abort the current multi-request transfer and return to the dfuIDLE state. */
|
||||
#define DFU_ABORT 0x06
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU command to begin programming the device's memory. */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_PROG_START 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU command to begin reading the device's memory. */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_DISP_DATA 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU command to issue a write command. */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_WRITE 0x04
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU command to issue a read command. */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_READ 0x05
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU command to issue a memory base address change command, to set the current 64KB flash page
|
||||
* that subsequent flash operations should use. */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR 0x06
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a non-returning function pointer to the loaded application. */
|
||||
typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Type define for a structure containing a complete DFU command issued by the host. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Command; /**< Single byte command to perform, one of the COMMAND_* macro values */
|
||||
uint8_t Data[5]; /**< Command parameters */
|
||||
uint16_t DataSize; /**< Size of the command parameters */
|
||||
} DFU_Command_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** DFU bootloader states. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each state. */
|
||||
enum DFU_State_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
appIDLE = 0,
|
||||
appDETACH = 1,
|
||||
dfuIDLE = 2,
|
||||
dfuDNLOAD_SYNC = 3,
|
||||
dfuDNBUSY = 4,
|
||||
dfuDNLOAD_IDLE = 5,
|
||||
dfuMANIFEST_SYNC = 6,
|
||||
dfuMANIFEST = 7,
|
||||
dfuMANIFEST_WAIT_RESET = 8,
|
||||
dfuUPLOAD_IDLE = 9,
|
||||
dfuERROR = 10
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU command status error codes. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each error code. */
|
||||
enum DFU_Status_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
OK = 0,
|
||||
errTARGET = 1,
|
||||
errFILE = 2,
|
||||
errWRITE = 3,
|
||||
errERASE = 4,
|
||||
errCHECK_ERASED = 5,
|
||||
errPROG = 6,
|
||||
errVERIFY = 7,
|
||||
errADDRESS = 8,
|
||||
errNOTDONE = 9,
|
||||
errFIRMWARE = 10,
|
||||
errVENDOR = 11,
|
||||
errUSBR = 12,
|
||||
errPOR = 13,
|
||||
errUNKNOWN = 14,
|
||||
errSTALLEDPKT = 15
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
void ResetHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C)
|
||||
static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes);
|
||||
static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void);
|
||||
static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void);
|
||||
static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void);
|
||||
static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void);
|
||||
static void ProcessWriteCommand(void);
|
||||
static void ProcessReadCommand(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _ARDUINO_USB_DFU_BOOTLOADER_H_ */
|
||||
@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Board LEDs driver for the Benito board, from www.dorkbotpdx.org.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_ARDUINOUNO_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_ARDUINOUNO_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD | ActiveMask) & ~LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD ^= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
|
||||
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
|
||||
* the device's capabilities and functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
|
||||
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
|
||||
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
|
||||
* process begins.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
|
||||
|
||||
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
|
||||
.Class = 0x00,
|
||||
.SubClass = 0x00,
|
||||
.Protocol = 0x00,
|
||||
|
||||
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
|
||||
|
||||
.VendorID = 0x03EB, // Atmel
|
||||
.ProductID = PRODUCT_ID_CODE, // MCU-dependent
|
||||
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
|
||||
|
||||
.ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
||||
.ProductStrIndex = 0x01,
|
||||
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
||||
|
||||
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
|
||||
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
|
||||
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
|
||||
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Config =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
|
||||
|
||||
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
|
||||
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
|
||||
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
||||
|
||||
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
|
||||
|
||||
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.DFU_Interface =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
|
||||
|
||||
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
|
||||
.AlternateSetting = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
.Class = 0xFE,
|
||||
.SubClass = 0x01,
|
||||
.Protocol = 0x02,
|
||||
|
||||
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.DFU_Functional =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_DFU_Functional_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_DFUFunctional},
|
||||
|
||||
.Attributes = (ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD | ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD),
|
||||
|
||||
.DetachTimeout = 0x0000,
|
||||
.TransferSize = 0x0c00,
|
||||
|
||||
.DFUSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.01)
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
|
||||
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
|
||||
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
|
||||
|
||||
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
|
||||
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
||||
* Descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString =
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (ARDUINO_MODEL_PID == ARDUINO_UNO_PID)
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
|
||||
|
||||
.UnicodeString = L"Arduino Uno DFU"
|
||||
#elif (ARDUINO_MODEL_PID == ARDUINO_MEGA2560_PID)
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(21), .Type = DTYPE_String},
|
||||
|
||||
.UnicodeString = L"Arduino Mega 2560 DFU"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
|
||||
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
|
||||
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
|
||||
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
|
||||
* USB host.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
|
||||
const uint8_t wIndex,
|
||||
void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
|
||||
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
|
||||
|
||||
void* Address = NULL;
|
||||
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (DescriptorType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DTYPE_Device:
|
||||
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
|
||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DTYPE_Configuration:
|
||||
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
|
||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DTYPE_String:
|
||||
if (!(DescriptorNumber))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Address = &LanguageString;
|
||||
Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Address = &ProductString;
|
||||
Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
|
||||
return Size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
||||
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Product-specific definitions: */
|
||||
#define ARDUINO_UNO_PID 0x0001
|
||||
#define ARDUINO_MEGA2560_PID 0x0010
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DTYPE_DFUFunctional 0x21
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device will detach and re-attach when a DFU_DETACH
|
||||
* command is issued, rather than the host issuing a USB Reset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_WILL_DETATCH (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can communicate during the manifestation phase
|
||||
* (memory programming phase).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_MANEFESTATION_TOLLERANT (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_UPLOAD requests to send data from
|
||||
* the device to the host.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_DNLOAD requests to send data from
|
||||
* the host to the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF4
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF0
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF3
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEF
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFA
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEE
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
|
||||
#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
|
||||
#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF7
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
|
||||
#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PRODUCT_ID_CODE)
|
||||
#error Current AVR model is not supported by this bootloader.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for a DFU class function descriptor. This descriptor gives DFU class information
|
||||
* to the host when read, indicating the DFU device's capabilities.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard descriptor header structure */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Attributes; /**< DFU device attributes, a mask comprising of the
|
||||
* ATTR_* macros listed in this source file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t DetachTimeout; /**< Timeout in milliseconds between a USB_DETACH
|
||||
* command being issued and the device detaching
|
||||
* from the USB bus
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t TransferSize; /**< Maximum number of bytes the DFU device can accept
|
||||
* from the host in a transaction
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t DFUSpecification; /**< BCD packed DFU specification number this DFU
|
||||
* device complies with
|
||||
*/
|
||||
} USB_DFU_Functional_Descriptor_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
|
||||
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
|
||||
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t DFU_Interface;
|
||||
USB_DFU_Functional_Descriptor_t DFU_Functional;
|
||||
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
|
||||
const uint8_t wIndex,
|
||||
void** const DescriptorAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,716 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
#MCU = atmega8u2
|
||||
#MCU = atmega16u2
|
||||
MCU = atmega32u2
|
||||
|
||||
MCU_AVRDUDE = $(MCU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Specify the Arduino model using the assigned PID. This is used by Descriptors.c
|
||||
# to set the product descriptor string (for DFU we must use the PID for each
|
||||
# chip that dfu-bootloader or Flip expect)
|
||||
# Uno PID:
|
||||
#ARDUINO_MODEL_PID = 0x0001
|
||||
# Mega 2560 PID:
|
||||
ARDUINO_MODEL_PID = 0x0010
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
#BOARD = USER
|
||||
BOARD = NONE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by
|
||||
# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
|
||||
# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
|
||||
# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
|
||||
# software delays.
|
||||
F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Starting byte address of the bootloader, as a byte address - computed via the formula
|
||||
# BOOT_START = ((TOTAL_FLASH_BYTES - BOOTLOADER_SECTION_SIZE_BYTES) * 1024)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that the bootloader size and start address given in AVRStudio is in words and not
|
||||
# bytes, and so will need to be doubled to obtain the byte address needed by AVR-GCC.
|
||||
#BOOT_START = 0x1000
|
||||
|
||||
# ATMega32u2 boot start
|
||||
BOOT_START = 0x7000
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = Arduino-usbdfu
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=32
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
|
||||
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
Descriptors.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be separated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=c99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DARDUINO_MODEL_PID=$(ARDUINO_MODEL_PID)
|
||||
CDEFS += -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DTX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS=3
|
||||
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL
|
||||
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START)UL
|
||||
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be separated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Fuse settings for Arduino Uno DFU bootloader project
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FUSES = -U efuse:w:0xF4:m -U hfuse:w:0xD9:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m
|
||||
|
||||
# Lock settings for Arduino Uno DFU bootloader project
|
||||
AVRDUDE_LOCK = -U lock:w:0x0F:m
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = avrispmkii
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU_AVRDUDE) -F -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) $(AVRDUDE_FUSES) $(AVRDUDE_LOCK)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list :
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff doxygen clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_doxygen program debug gdb-config
|
||||
@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
|
||||
To setup the project and program an ATMEG32U2 with the Arduino USB DFU bootloader:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
> make clean
|
||||
> make
|
||||
> make program
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Check that the board enumerates as "Atmega32u2".
|
||||
Test by uploading the Arduino-usbserial application firmware (see instructions in Arduino-usbserial directory)
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
|
||||
;************************************************************
|
||||
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
|
||||
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Version]
|
||||
Signature="$Windows NT$"
|
||||
Class=Ports
|
||||
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
|
||||
Provider=%MFGNAME%
|
||||
LayoutFile=layout.inf
|
||||
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
|
||||
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
|
||||
|
||||
[Manufacturer]
|
||||
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
|
||||
|
||||
[DestinationDirs]
|
||||
DefaultDestDir=12
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverInstall.nt]
|
||||
include=mdmcpq.inf
|
||||
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
|
||||
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
|
||||
usbser.sys,,,0x20
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
|
||||
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
|
||||
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
|
||||
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
|
||||
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverService.nt]
|
||||
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
|
||||
ServiceType=1
|
||||
StartType=3
|
||||
ErrorControl=1
|
||||
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
|
||||
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
; Vista-64bit Sections
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
|
||||
include=mdmcpq.inf
|
||||
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
|
||||
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
|
||||
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
|
||||
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
|
||||
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
|
||||
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
|
||||
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
|
||||
|
||||
[DriverService.NTamd64]
|
||||
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
|
||||
ServiceType=1
|
||||
StartType=3
|
||||
ErrorControl=1
|
||||
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
|
||||
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
|
||||
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
|
||||
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
|
||||
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
[SourceDisksFiles]
|
||||
[SourceDisksNames]
|
||||
[DeviceList]
|
||||
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_2341&PID_0010
|
||||
|
||||
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
|
||||
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_2341&PID_0010
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
; String Definitions
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
;Modify these strings to customize your device
|
||||
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
[Strings]
|
||||
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
|
||||
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
|
||||
MFGNAME="Arduino LLC (www.arduino.cc)"
|
||||
INSTDISK="Arduino Mega 2560 Driver Installer"
|
||||
DESCRIPTION="Arduino Mega 2560"
|
||||
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief AVR-GCC special function/variable attribute macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains macros for applying GCC specific attributes to functions and variables to control various
|
||||
* optimiser and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype
|
||||
* or variable declaration in any order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single item via a space
|
||||
* separated list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On incompatible versions of GCC or on other compilers, these macros evaluate to nothing unless they are
|
||||
* critical to the code's function and thus must throw a compiler error when used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
|
||||
* functionality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Common
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_GCCAttr Function/Variable Attributes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Macros for easy access GCC function and variable attributes, which can be applied to function prototypes or
|
||||
* variable attributes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __FUNCATTR_H__
|
||||
#define __FUNCATTR_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__COMMON_H__)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
|
||||
* return code may be omitted by the compiler in the resulting binary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_NO_RETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
|
||||
* applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be NULL.
|
||||
* When applied as a 1-based comma separated list the compiler will emit a warning if the specified
|
||||
* parameters are known at compiler time to be NULL at the point of calling the function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...) __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Removes any preamble or postamble from the function. When used, the function will not have any
|
||||
* register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
|
||||
* is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_NAKED __attribute__ ((naked))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for inlining. When applied, the given
|
||||
* function will not be inlined under any circumstances.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_NO_INLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
|
||||
* inlined under all circumstances.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
|
||||
* or parameter variable access.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
|
||||
* parameter access.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
|
||||
#define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
|
||||
* identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Forces the compiler to not automatically zero the given global variable on startup, so that the
|
||||
* current RAM contents is retained. Under most conditions this value will be random due to the
|
||||
* behaviour of volatile memory once power is removed, but may be used in some specific circumstances,
|
||||
* like the passing of values back after a system watchdog reset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_NO_INIT __attribute__ ((section (".noinit")))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Places the function in one of the initialization sections, which execute before the main function
|
||||
* of the application. Refer to the avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] SectionIndex Initialization section number where the function should be placed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(SectionIndex) __attribute__ ((naked, section (".init" #SectionIndex )))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Marks a function as an alias for another function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Func Name of the function which the given function name should alias.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ATTR_ALIAS(Func) __attribute__ ((alias( #Func )))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Supported board hardware defines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains constants which can be passed to the compiler (via setting the macro BOARD) in the
|
||||
* user project makefile using the -D option to configure the library board-specific drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
|
||||
* functionality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Common
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_BoardTypes Board Types
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Macros for indicating the chosen physical board hardware to the library. These macros should be used when
|
||||
* defining the BOARD token to the chosen hardware via the -D switch in the project makefile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BOARDTYPES_H__
|
||||
#define __BOARDTYPES_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__COMMON_H__)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_USBKEY 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_STK525 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_STK526 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK 3
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 4
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
|
||||
* under a directory named /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
|
||||
* master board driver (i.e., driver in the LUFA/Drivers/Board director) so that the library
|
||||
* can correctly identify it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BOARD_USER 5
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the BUMBLEB specific board drivers, using the officially recommended peripheral layout. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_BUMBLEB 6
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 2 or newer) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash driver. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_XPLAIN 7
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 1) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash driver. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 8
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the EVK527 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_EVK527 9
|
||||
|
||||
/** Disables board drivers when operation will not be adversely affected (e.g. LEDs) - use of board drivers
|
||||
* such as the Joystick driver, where the removal would adversely affect the code's operation is still disallowed. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_NONE 10
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the Teensy (all versions) specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_TEENSY 11
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the USBTINY MKII specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_USBTINYMKII 12
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the Benito specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_BENITO 13
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the JM-DB-U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
|
||||
#define BOARD_JMDBU2 14
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define BOARD_ BOARD_NONE
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(BOARD)
|
||||
#define BOARD BOARD_NONE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common library convenience macros and functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains macros which are common to all library elements, and which may be useful in user code. It
|
||||
* also includes other common headers, such as Atomic.h, Attributes.h and BoardTypes.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup Group_Common Common Utility Headers - LUFA/Drivers/Common/Common.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common utility headers containing macros, functions, enums and types which are common to all
|
||||
* aspects of the library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup Group_Debugging Debugging Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Macros for debugging use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup Group_BitManip Endian and Bit Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functions for swapping endianness and reversing bit orders.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __COMMON_H__
|
||||
#define __COMMON_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "BoardTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Macro for encasing other multi-statement macros. This should be used along with an opening brace
|
||||
* before the start of any multi-statement macro, so that the macros contents as a whole are treated
|
||||
* as a discrete block and not as a list of separate statements which may cause problems when used as
|
||||
* a block (such as inline IF statements).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MACROS do
|
||||
|
||||
/** Macro for encasing other multi-statement macros. This should be used along with a preceding closing
|
||||
* brace at the end of any multi-statement macro, so that the macros contents as a whole are treated
|
||||
* as a discrete block and not as a list of separate statements which may cause problems when used as
|
||||
* a block (such as inline IF statements).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MACROE while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Defines a volatile NOP statement which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
|
||||
* be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimiser
|
||||
* removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_Debugging
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() asm volatile ("NOP" ::)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the ASM BREAK statement. When
|
||||
* a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_Debugging
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() asm volatile ("BREAK" ::)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_Debugging
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT(x) MACROS{ if (!(x)) { JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); } }MACROE
|
||||
|
||||
/** Macro for testing condition "x" and writing debug data to the stdout stream if false. The stdout stream
|
||||
* must be pre-initialized before this macro is run and linked to an output device, such as the AVR's USART
|
||||
* peripheral.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion {x} failed."
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_Debugging
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STDOUT_ASSERT(x) MACROS{ if (!(x)) { printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
|
||||
"Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"), \
|
||||
__FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #x); } }MACROE
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(pgm_read_ptr) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/** Reads a pointer out of PROGMEM space. This is currently a wrapper for the avr-libc pgm_read_ptr()
|
||||
* macro with a void* cast, so that its value can be assigned directly to a pointer variable or used
|
||||
* in pointer arithmetic without further casting in C. In a future avr-libc distribution this will be
|
||||
* part of the standard API and will be implemented in a more formal manner.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Addr Address of the pointer to read.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Pointer retrieved from PROGMEM space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define pgm_read_ptr(Addr) (void*)pgm_read_word(Addr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Swaps the byte ordering of a 16-bit value at compile time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
|
||||
* of dynamic values computed at runtime, use \ref SwapEndian_16() instead. The result of this macro can be used
|
||||
* inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
|
||||
* inline function variant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] x 16-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SWAPENDIAN_16(x) ((((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8) | (((x) & 0x00FF) << 8))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Swaps the byte ordering of a 32-bit value at compile time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
|
||||
* of dynamic values computed at runtime- use \ref SwapEndian_32() instead. The result of this macro can be used
|
||||
* inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
|
||||
* inline function variant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] x 32-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SWAPENDIAN_32(x) ((((x) & 0xFF000000UL) >> 24UL) | (((x) & 0x00FF0000UL) >> 8UL) | \
|
||||
(((x) & 0x0000FF00UL) << 8UL) | (((x) & 0x000000FFUL) << 24UL))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
|
||||
* etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_BitManip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
|
||||
Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
|
||||
Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
|
||||
|
||||
return Byte;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_BitManip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Word Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
|
||||
static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Temp;
|
||||
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t Word;
|
||||
uint8_t Bytes[2];
|
||||
} Data;
|
||||
|
||||
Data.Word = Word;
|
||||
|
||||
Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
|
||||
Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[1];
|
||||
Data.Bytes[1] = Temp;
|
||||
|
||||
return Data.Word;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_BitManip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] DWord Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
|
||||
static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Temp;
|
||||
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t DWord;
|
||||
uint8_t Bytes[4];
|
||||
} Data;
|
||||
|
||||
Data.DWord = DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
|
||||
Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[3];
|
||||
Data.Bytes[3] = Temp;
|
||||
|
||||
Temp = Data.Bytes[1];
|
||||
Data.Bytes[1] = Data.Bytes[2];
|
||||
Data.Bytes[2] = Temp;
|
||||
|
||||
return Data.DWord;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ingroup Group_BitManip
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed.
|
||||
* \param[in] Bytes Length of the data in bytes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* Data,
|
||||
uint8_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
|
||||
static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* Data,
|
||||
uint8_t Bytes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t* CurrDataPos = (uint8_t*)Data;
|
||||
|
||||
while (Bytes > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Temp = *CurrDataPos;
|
||||
*CurrDataPos = *(CurrDataPos + Bytes - 1);
|
||||
*(CurrDataPos + Bytes - 1) = Temp;
|
||||
|
||||
CurrDataPos++;
|
||||
Bytes -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
inside the application's folder.
|
||||
|
||||
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
|
||||
for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 // TODO: Add mask for first board button here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pins as an inputs here, with pull-ups
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
inside the application's folder.
|
||||
|
||||
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
|
||||
driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 // TODO: Replace with mask to hold /CS of first Dataflash low, and all others high
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 // TODO: Replace with mask to hold /CS of second Dataflash low, and all others high
|
||||
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
|
||||
if (PageAddress & 0x01)
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
|
||||
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
|
||||
PageAddress >>= 1;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
inside the application's folder.
|
||||
|
||||
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
|
||||
driver, a small surface mount four-way (plus button) digital joystick
|
||||
on most USB AVR boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pull-ups
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
inside the application's folder.
|
||||
|
||||
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
|
||||
for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most USB AVR boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, all others off
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LEDMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to toggle the Leds in the given LEDMask, ignoring all others
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Benito.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_BENITO BENITO
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Benito.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_BENITO BENITO
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_BENITO_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_BENITO_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC = ((PORTC | ActiveMask) & ~LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC ^= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the BUMBLEB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The BUMBLEB third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended
|
||||
* external peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific buttons driver header for the BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB third-party
|
||||
* board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral layout
|
||||
* for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the BUMLEB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The BUMBLEB third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended
|
||||
* external peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB third-party
|
||||
* board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral layout
|
||||
* for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define JOY_MASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1) | (1 << 2) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 4))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
|
||||
PORTD |= JOY_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (uint8_t)(~PIND & JOY_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BUMBLEB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The BUMBLEB third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended
|
||||
* external peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB third-party board
|
||||
* does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral layout for
|
||||
* buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB |= LedMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LedMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the board digital button driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Buttons driver, for boards containing
|
||||
* physical pushbuttons connected to the AVR's GPIO pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct Button driver header file for the
|
||||
* currently selected board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons Buttons Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Hardware buttons driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware buttons present on many boards.
|
||||
* It provides a way to easily configure and check the status of all the buttons on the board so that appropriate
|
||||
* actions can be taken.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
|
||||
#error The Board Buttons driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
|
||||
#include "USBKEY/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
|
||||
#include "STK525/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
|
||||
#include "STK526/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
|
||||
#include "ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
|
||||
#include "BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
|
||||
#include "EVK527/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
|
||||
#include "USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
|
||||
#include "BENITO/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
|
||||
#include "JMDBU2/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
|
||||
#include "Board/Buttons.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error The selected board does not contain any GPIO buttons.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
|
||||
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/** Initialises the BUTTONS driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
|
||||
* I/O pins to an inputs with pull-ups enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This must be called before any Button driver functions are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns a mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the board dataflash IC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific dataflash driver, for boards containing
|
||||
* dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
|
||||
* the currently selected board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash Dataflash Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Dataflash driver. This module provides an easy to use interface for the Dataflash ICs located on many boards,
|
||||
* for the storage of large amounts of data into the Dataflash's non-volatile memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../Peripheral/SPI.h"
|
||||
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK2(x, y) x ## y
|
||||
#define __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK(x) __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK2(DATAFLASH_CHIP,x)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Retrieves the Dataflash chip select mask for the given Dataflash chip index.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] index Index of the dataflash chip mask to retrieve
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask for the given Dataflash chip's /CS pin
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(index) __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK(index)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
|
||||
const uint16_t BufferByte);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte of data to send to the dataflash
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Last response byte from the dataflash
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte of data to send to the dataflash
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPI_SendByte(Byte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Last response byte from the dataflash
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SPI_ReceiveByte();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
|
||||
#error The Board Buttons driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
|
||||
#include "USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
|
||||
#include "STK525/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
|
||||
#include "STK526/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN)
|
||||
#include "XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)
|
||||
#include "XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
|
||||
#include "EVK527/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
|
||||
#include "Board/Dataflash.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error The selected board does not contain a dataflash IC.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527_AT45DB321C AT45DB321C
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0xE8
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD4
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD6
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0xCF
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK527 EVK527
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527 EVK527
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "AT45DB321C.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
|
||||
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
|
||||
const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK527 EVK527
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define JOY_FMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
|
||||
#define JOY_CMASK (1 << 6))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 6) >> 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRF &= ~(JOY_FMASK);
|
||||
DDRC &= ~(JOY_CMASK);
|
||||
|
||||
PORTF |= JOY_FMASK;
|
||||
PORTC |= JOY_CMASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (((uint8_t)~PINF & JOY_FMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINC & JOY_CMASK) >> 3));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK527 EVK527
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the EVK527.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_EVK527_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_EVK527_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the JM-DB-U2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the JM-DB-U2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the board digital joystick driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
|
||||
* 5-way joystick.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
|
||||
* currently selected board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Joystick Joystick Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Hardware Joystick driver. This module provides an easy to use interface to control the hardware digital Joystick
|
||||
* located on many boards.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
|
||||
#error The Board Joystick driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
|
||||
#include "USBKEY/Joystick.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
|
||||
#include "STK525/Joystick.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
|
||||
#include "STK526/Joystick.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
|
||||
#include "BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
|
||||
#include "EVK527/Joystick.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
|
||||
#include "Board/Joystick.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error The selected board does not contain a joystick.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
|
||||
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/** Initialises the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
|
||||
* I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
|
||||
* currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask indicating the joystick direction - see corresponding board specific Joystick.h file
|
||||
* for direction masks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the board LEDs driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
|
||||
* controllable LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
|
||||
* currently selected board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs LEDs Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Hardware LEDs driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware LEDs present on many boards. It
|
||||
* provides an interface to configure, test and change the status of all the board LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
|
||||
* directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file. If the BOARD value
|
||||
* is set to BOARD_NONE, this driver is silently disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note To make code as compatible as possible, it is assumed that all boards carry a minimum of four LEDs. If
|
||||
* a board contains less than four LEDs, the remaining LED masks are defined to 0 so as to have no effect.
|
||||
* If other behaviour is desired, either alias the remaining LED masks to existing LED masks via the -D
|
||||
* switch in the project makefile, or alias them to nothing in the makefile to cause compilation errors when
|
||||
* a non-existing LED is referenced in application code. Note that this means that it is possible to make
|
||||
* compatible code for a board with no LEDs by making a board LED driver (see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
|
||||
* which contains only stub functions and defines no LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void) {};
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask) {};
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask) {};
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask) {};
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask) {};
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask) {};
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) { return 0; }
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
|
||||
#include "USBKEY/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
|
||||
#include "STK525/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
|
||||
#include "STK526/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
|
||||
#include "RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
|
||||
#include "ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
|
||||
#include "XPLAIN/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
|
||||
#include "BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
|
||||
#include "EVK527/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY)
|
||||
#include "TEENSY/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
|
||||
#include "USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
|
||||
#include "BENITO/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
|
||||
#include "JMDBU2/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
|
||||
#include "Board/LEDs.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(LEDS_LED1)
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
|
||||
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/** Initialises the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
|
||||
* I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
|
||||
* mask.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
|
||||
* specified in both the LED and active masks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
|
||||
* \param[in] ActiveMask Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles all LEDs in the LED mask, leaving all others in their current states.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
|
||||
* corresponding LED is on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the board LEDs which are currently turned on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the RZUSBSTICK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the RZUSBSTICK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the RZUSBSTICK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDS_LED2;
|
||||
|
||||
DDRE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
PORTE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
|
||||
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
|
||||
PORTE |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
|
||||
((PORTD | LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
|
||||
PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
|
||||
~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
|
||||
((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
|
||||
PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
|
||||
~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTE = (PORTE ^ ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
|
||||
((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash_STK525
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525_AT45DB321C AT45DB321C
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0xE8
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD4
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD6
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0xCF
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_STK525 STK525
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525 STK525
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "AT45DB321C.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 4)
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
|
||||
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
|
||||
const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 6);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 2) | (BufferByte >> 8));
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Joystick_STK525 STK525
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
|
||||
#define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= ~(JOY_BMASK);
|
||||
DDRE &= ~(JOY_EMASK);
|
||||
|
||||
PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
|
||||
PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> 1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_STK525 STK525
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash_STK526
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526_AT45DB642D AT45DB642D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_STK526 STK526
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526 STK526
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the STK525.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "AT45DB642D.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 2)
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRC
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
|
||||
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
|
||||
const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Joystick_STK526 STK526
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
|
||||
|
||||
PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_STK526 STK526
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the STK526.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY TEENSY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD ^= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Temperature.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[] = {
|
||||
0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
|
||||
0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
|
||||
0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
|
||||
0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
|
||||
0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
|
||||
0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
|
||||
0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
|
||||
0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
|
||||
0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
|
||||
0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
|
||||
|
||||
if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
|
||||
return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
|
||||
|
||||
for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
|
||||
return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver, for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Temperature Temperature Sensor Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)</i>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Temperature sensor driver. This provides an easy to use interface for the hardware temperature sensor located
|
||||
* on many boards. It provides an interface to configure the sensor and appropriate ADC channel, plus read out the
|
||||
* current temperature in degrees C. It is designed for and will only work with the temperature sensor located on the
|
||||
* official Atmel USB AVR boards, as each sensor has different characteristics.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
|
||||
#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "../Peripheral/ADC.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
|
||||
#error The Board Temperature Sensor driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
|
||||
#elif ((BOARD != BOARD_USBKEY) && (BOARD != BOARD_STK525) && \
|
||||
(BOARD != BOARD_STK526) && (BOARD != BOARD_USER) && \
|
||||
(BOARD != BOARD_EVK527))
|
||||
#error The selected board does not contain a temperature sensor.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
|
||||
#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the temperature sensor. */
|
||||
#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_CHANNEL0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Minimum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
|
||||
#define TEMP_MIN_TEMP TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET
|
||||
|
||||
/** Maximum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
|
||||
#define TEMP_MAX_TEMP ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
|
||||
* This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \pre The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured separately before calling the
|
||||
* temperature sensor functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Temperature_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Temperature_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
/** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
|
||||
* valid temperature between \ref TEMP_MIN_TEMP and \ref TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celsius.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Signed temperature value in degrees Celsius.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE (sizeof(Temperature_Lookup) / sizeof(Temperature_Lookup[0]))
|
||||
#define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET -21
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY_AT45DB642D AT45DB642D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_USBKEY USBKEY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY USBKEY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the USBKEY board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "AT45DB642D.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK ((1 << 1) | (1 << 0))
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress & 0x01)
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
|
||||
else
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
|
||||
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
|
||||
const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PageAddress >>= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Joystick_USBKEY USBKEY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific joystick driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
|
||||
#define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= ~(JOY_BMASK);
|
||||
DDRE &= ~(JOY_EMASK);
|
||||
|
||||
PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
|
||||
PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> 1));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_USBKEY USBKEY
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the USBKEY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the USBTINY MKII.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the USBTINY MKII.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB |= LedMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LedMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN_AT45DB642D AT45DB642D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
|
||||
|
||||
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN XPLAIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Dataflash driver header for the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "AT45DB642D.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 5)
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1)
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 2048
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The AVR's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
|
||||
if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
|
||||
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
|
||||
const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN XPLAIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the XPLAIN.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS)) & (~ActiveMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTB ^ (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
|
||||
* strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Terminal ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Escape code macros for ANSI compliant text terminals.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note If desired, the macro DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
|
||||
* compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
|
||||
* compatible terminals (any terminal codes then equate to empty strings).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example Usage:
|
||||
* \code
|
||||
* printf("Some String, " ESC_BOLD_ON " Some bold string");
|
||||
* \endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
|
||||
#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
|
||||
/** Creates an ANSI escape sequence with the payload specified by "c".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] c Payload to encode as an ANSI escape sequence, a ESC_* mask.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(c) "\33[" c
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(c)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
|
||||
#define ESC_RESET ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BOLD_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
|
||||
#define ESC_ITALICS_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
|
||||
#define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
|
||||
#define ESC_INVERSE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns on strikethrough so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
|
||||
* center.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BOLD_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
|
||||
#define ESC_ITALICS_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
|
||||
#define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
|
||||
#define ESC_INVERSE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off strikethrough so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
|
||||
* the center.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
|
||||
#define ESC_FG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to black. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to red. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to green. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to white. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
|
||||
#define ESC_BG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_POS(L, C) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#L ";" #C "H")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_UP(L) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#L "A")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(L) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#L "B")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(C) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#C "C")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(C) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#C "D")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
|
||||
#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
|
||||
#define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
|
||||
|
||||
/** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
|
||||
#define ESC_ERASE_LINE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the ADC peripheral driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for AVRs containing an ADC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
|
||||
* currently selected AVR model.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_ADC ADC Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Hardware ADC driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware
|
||||
* ADC present on many AVR models, for the conversion of analogue signals into the
|
||||
* digital domain.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ADC_H__
|
||||
#define __ADC_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
|
||||
#include "AVRU4U6U7/ADC.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "ADC is not available for the currently selected AVR model."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,391 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief ADC peripheral driver for the U7, U6 and U4 USB AVRs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ADC driver for the AT90USB1287, AT90USB1286, AT90USB647, AT90USB646, ATMEGA16U4 and ATMEGA32U4 AVRs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_ADC
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_ADC_AVRU4U6U7 Series U4, U6 and U7 Model ADC Driver
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ADC driver for the AT90USB1287, AT90USB1286, AT90USB647, AT90USB646, ATMEGA16U4 and ATMEGA32U4 AVRs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ADC_AVRU4U6U7_H__
|
||||
#define __ADC_AVRU4U6U7_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
|
||||
#define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
|
||||
#define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC (1 << REFS0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
|
||||
#define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
|
||||
* ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result. */
|
||||
#define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED (1 << ADLAR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
|
||||
* ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result. */
|
||||
#define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED (0 << ADLAR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
|
||||
* is capable of at the given input clock speed. */
|
||||
#define ADC_FREE_RUNNING (1 << ADATE)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
|
||||
* the ADC returns to idle. */
|
||||
#define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION (0 << ADATE)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_2 (1 << ADPS0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_4 (1 << ADPS1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_8 ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_16 (1 << ADPS2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_32 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
|
||||
#define ADC_PRESCALE_128 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
|
||||
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC0 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL0 (0x00 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC1 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL1 (0x01 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC2 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL2 (0x02 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC3 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL3 (0x03 << MUX0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC4 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL4 (0x04 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC5 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL5 (0x05 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC6 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL6 (0x06 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC7 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL7 (0x07 << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the internal 1.1V bandgap channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
|
||||
#define ADC_1100MV_BANDGAP (0x1E << MUX0)
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC8 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL8 ((1 << 8) | (0x00 << MUX0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC9 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL9 ((1 << 8) | (0x01 << MUX0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC10 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL10 ((1 << 8) | (0x02 << MUX0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC11 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL11 ((1 << 8) | (0x03 << MUX0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC12 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL12 ((1 << 8) | (0x04 << MUX0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the ADC13 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_CHANNEL13 ((1 << 8) | (0x05 << MUX0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** MUX mask define for the internal temperature sensor channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and
|
||||
* \ref ADC_GetChannelReading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Not available on all AVR models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ADC_INT_TEMP_SENS ((1 << 8) | (0x07 << MUX0))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//@}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
|
||||
* associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
|
||||
* power consumption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
|
||||
* pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
|
||||
* \n\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The channel number must be specified as an integer, and NOT a ADC_CHANNELx mask.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Channel ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
|
||||
DDRF &= ~(1 << Channel);
|
||||
DIDR0 |= (1 << Channel);
|
||||
#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
|
||||
if (Channel < 8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRF &= ~(1 << Channel);
|
||||
DIDR0 |= (1 << Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel == 8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
|
||||
DIDR2 |= (1 << 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel < 11)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~(1 << (Channel - 3));
|
||||
DIDR2 |= (1 << (Channel - 8));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= ~(1 << (Channel - 7));
|
||||
DIDR2 |= (1 << (Channel - 8));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** De-configures the given ADC channel, re-enabling digital I/O mode instead of analog. This
|
||||
* function sets the associated port pin as an input and re-enabled the digital portion of
|
||||
* the I/O.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
|
||||
* pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
|
||||
* \n\n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The channel number must be specified as an integer, and NOT a ADC_CHANNELx mask.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Channel ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void ADC_DisableChannel(const uint8_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
|
||||
DDRF &= ~(1 << Channel);
|
||||
DIDR0 &= ~(1 << Channel);
|
||||
#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
|
||||
if (Channel < 8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRF &= ~(1 << Channel);
|
||||
DIDR0 &= ~(1 << Channel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel == 8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
|
||||
DIDR2 &= ~(1 << 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (Channel < 11)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRD &= ~(1 << (Channel - 3));
|
||||
DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (Channel - 8));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= ~(1 << (Channel - 7));
|
||||
DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (Channel - 8));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
|
||||
* Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the \ref ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
|
||||
* the result read via the \ref ADC_GetResult() macro.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the ADC has been initialized in free running mode, calling this function once will begin the repeated
|
||||
* conversions. If the ADC is in single conversion mode (or the channel to convert from is to be changed),
|
||||
* this function must be called each time a conversion is to take place.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADMUX = MUXMask;
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
|
||||
if (MUXMask & (1 << 8))
|
||||
ADCSRB |= (1 << MUX5);
|
||||
else
|
||||
ADCSRB &= ~(1 << MUX5);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Boolean false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is
|
||||
* complete and ready to be read out with \ref ADC_GetResult().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADIF)) ? true : false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Retrieves the conversion value of the last completed ADC conversion and clears the reading
|
||||
* completion flag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The result of the last ADC conversion as an unsigned value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
|
||||
return ADC;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spin-loop to wait for the
|
||||
* conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note For free running mode, the automated conversions should be initialized with a single call
|
||||
* to \ref ADC_StartReading() to select the channel and begin the automated conversions, and
|
||||
* the results read directly from the \ref ADC_GetResult() instead to reduce overhead.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
|
||||
|
||||
return ADC_GetResult();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Initialises the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
|
||||
* The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
|
||||
* prescaler masks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Mode Mask of ADC settings, including adjustment, prescale, mode and reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void ADC_Init(uint8_t Mode) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void ADC_Init(uint8_t Mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | Mode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to
|
||||
* \ref ADC_Init() before the ADC can be used again.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void ADC_ShutDown(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void ADC_ShutDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ADCSRA = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates if the ADC is currently enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Boolean true if the ADC subsystem is currently enabled, false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief TWI peripheral driver for the U7, U6 and U4 USB AVRs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Master mode TWI driver for the AT90USB1287, AT90USB1286, AT90USB647, AT90USB646, ATMEGA16U4 and ATMEGA32U4 AVRs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_TWI
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_TWI_AVRU4U6U7 Series U4, U6 and U7 Model TWI Driver
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Master mode TWI driver for the AT90USB1287, AT90USB1286, AT90USB647, AT90USB646, ATMEGA16U4 and ATMEGA32U4 AVRs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __TWI_AVRU4U6U7_H__
|
||||
#define __TWI_AVRU4U6U7_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
#include <util/twi.h>
|
||||
#include <util/delay.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
|
||||
* before any other TWI operations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void TWI_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void TWI_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
|
||||
* \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void TWI_ShutDown(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void TWI_ShutDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TWCR &= ~(1 << TWEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device. */
|
||||
static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Byte to send to the currently addressed device
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Boolean true if the recipient ACKed the byte, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TWDR = Byte;
|
||||
TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
|
||||
|
||||
return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MT_DATA_ACK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Location where the read byte is to be stored
|
||||
* \param[in] LastByte Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Boolean true if the byte reception successfully completed, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
|
||||
const bool LastByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(LastByte))
|
||||
TWCRMask |= (1 << TWEA);
|
||||
|
||||
TWCR = TWCRMask;
|
||||
while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
|
||||
*Byte = TWDR;
|
||||
|
||||
return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MR_DATA_ACK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
/** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] SlaveAddress Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with
|
||||
* \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Boolean true if the device is ready for data, false otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
|
||||
const uint8_t TimeoutMS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the SPI peripheral driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Hardware SPI subsystem driver for the supported USB AVRs models.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_SPI SPI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - None
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Driver for the hardware SPI port available on most AVR models. This module provides
|
||||
* an easy to use driver for the setup of and transfer of data over the AVR's SPI port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __SPI_H__
|
||||
#define __SPI_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED (1 << SPE)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPR0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI clock polarity mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << CPOL)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI clock polarity mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << CPOL)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI data sample mode mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << CPHA)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI data sample mode mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
|
||||
#define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << CPHA)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI data order mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
|
||||
#define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << DORD)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI data order mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
|
||||
#define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << DORD)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI mode mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
|
||||
#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE (0 << MSTR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SPI mode mask for SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
|
||||
#define SPI_MODE_MASTER (1 << MSTR)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
|
||||
* SPI routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the SPI_SPEED_*,
|
||||
* SPI_SCK_*, SPI_SAMPLE_*, SPI_ORDER_* and SPI_MODE_* masks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
|
||||
PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
|
||||
|
||||
SPCR = ((1 << SPE) | SPIOptions);
|
||||
|
||||
if (SPIOptions & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
|
||||
SPSR |= (1 << SPI2X);
|
||||
else
|
||||
SPSR &= ~(1 << SPI2X);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
|
||||
static inline void SPI_ShutDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
|
||||
PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
|
||||
|
||||
SPCR = 0;
|
||||
SPSR = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPDR = Byte;
|
||||
while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
|
||||
return SPDR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
|
||||
* byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPDR = Byte;
|
||||
while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
|
||||
* byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPDR = 0x00;
|
||||
while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
|
||||
return SPDR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Serial.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void Serial_TxString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t CurrByte;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Serial_TxByte(CurrByte);
|
||||
FlashStringPtr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void Serial_TxString(const char* StringPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t CurrByte;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Serial_TxByte(CurrByte);
|
||||
StringPtr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the USART peripheral driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Driver for the USART subsystem on supported USB AVRs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_Serial Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)</i>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Hardware serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for
|
||||
* the setup of and transfer of data over the AVR's USART port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
|
||||
#define __SERIAL_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
#include "../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the U2X (double speed) bit is
|
||||
* not set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (baud / 2)) / (baud)) - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the U2X (double speed) bit is
|
||||
* set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (baud / 2)) / (baud)) - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
/** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Serial_TxString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Serial_TxString(const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
|
||||
* standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
|
||||
* \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
|
||||
const bool DoubleSpeed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UBRR1 = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
|
||||
|
||||
UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
|
||||
UCSR1A = (DoubleSpeed ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
|
||||
UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
|
||||
|
||||
DDRD |= (1 << 3);
|
||||
PORTD |= (1 << 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
|
||||
static inline void Serial_ShutDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UCSR1B = 0;
|
||||
UCSR1A = 0;
|
||||
UCSR1C = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
UBRR1 = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Boolean true if a character has been received, false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Serial_TxByte(const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Serial_TxByte(const char DataByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
|
||||
UDR1 = DataByte;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Receives a byte from the USART. This function blocks until a byte has been
|
||||
* received; if non-blocking behaviour is required, test for a received character
|
||||
* beforehand with \ref Serial_IsCharReceived().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Byte received from the USART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline char Serial_RxByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline char Serial_RxByte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)));
|
||||
return UDR1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIALSTREAM_C
|
||||
#include "SerialStream.h"
|
||||
|
||||
FILE USARTStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(SerialStream_TxByte, SerialStream_RxByte, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
|
||||
|
||||
static int SerialStream_TxByte(char DataByte,
|
||||
FILE *Stream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void)Stream;
|
||||
|
||||
Serial_TxByte(DataByte);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int SerialStream_RxByte(FILE *Stream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void)Stream;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
|
||||
return _FDEV_EOF;
|
||||
|
||||
return Serial_RxByte();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Standard avr-libc character stream driver for the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Serial stream driver for the USART subsystem on supported USB AVRs. This makes use of the functions in the
|
||||
* regular USART driver (see \ref Group_Serial), but allows the avr-libc standard stream functions (printf,
|
||||
* puts, etc.) to work with the
|
||||
* USART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_SerialStream Serial Stream Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIALSTREAM)</i>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Serial stream driver for the USART subsystem on supported USB AVRs. This makes use of the functions in the
|
||||
* regular USART driver (see \ref Group_Serial), but allows the avr-libc standard stream functions (printf,
|
||||
* puts, etc.) to work with the
|
||||
* USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __SERIAL_STREAM_H__
|
||||
#define __SERIAL_STREAM_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Serial.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* External Variables: */
|
||||
extern FILE USARTStream;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIALSTREAM_C)
|
||||
static int SerialStream_TxByte(char DataByte,
|
||||
FILE *Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
|
||||
static int SerialStream_RxByte(FILE *Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initialises the serial stream (and regular USART driver) so that both the stream and regular
|
||||
* USART driver functions can be used. Must be called before any stream or regular USART functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] BaudRate Baud rate to configure the USART to.
|
||||
* \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void SerialStream_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
|
||||
const bool DoubleSpeed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Serial_Init(BaudRate, DoubleSpeed);
|
||||
|
||||
stdout = &USARTStream;
|
||||
stdin = &USARTStream;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Turns off the serial stream (and regular USART driver), disabling and returning used hardware to
|
||||
* their default configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void SerialStream_ShutDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Serial_ShutDown();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "TWI.h"
|
||||
|
||||
bool TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
|
||||
const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool BusCaptured = false;
|
||||
uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
|
||||
|
||||
TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
|
||||
TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
|
||||
while (TimeoutRemaining-- && !(BusCaptured))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case TW_START:
|
||||
case TW_REP_START:
|
||||
BusCaptured = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TW_MT_ARB_LOST:
|
||||
TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_delay_us(10);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(BusCaptured))
|
||||
{
|
||||
TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TWDR = SlaveAddress;
|
||||
TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
|
||||
TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
|
||||
while (TimeoutRemaining--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
_delay_us(10);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case TW_MT_SLA_ACK:
|
||||
case TW_MR_SLA_ACK:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the TWI peripheral driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for AVRs containing an ADC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
|
||||
* currently selected AVR model.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_TWI TWI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TWI)</i>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Master Mode Hardware TWI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware
|
||||
* TWI present on many AVR models, for the transmission and reception of data on a TWI bus.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __TWI_H__
|
||||
#define __TWI_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
|
||||
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
|
||||
#include "AVRU4U6U7/TWI.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error "TWI is not available for the currently selected AVR model."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the library USB Audio Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Master include file for the library USB Audio Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
|
||||
* including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassAudio Audio Class Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Class/Audio.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/Audio.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Audio Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Audio Class, for Device
|
||||
* USB mode only. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Audio class manually via
|
||||
* the low-level LUFA APIs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
|
||||
* Hosts or Devices using the USB Audio Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
|
||||
#define _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../HighLevel/USBMode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
|
||||
#error The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option cannot be used in projects using the library Class drivers.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
|
||||
#include "Device/Audio.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Master include file for the library USB CDC-ACM Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Master include file for the library USB CDC Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
|
||||
* including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassCDC CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) Class Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Class/CDC.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
|
||||
* The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDC.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
|
||||
* - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDC.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* CDC Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB CDC-ACM class Virtual Serial
|
||||
* Ports, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
|
||||
* CDC class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
|
||||
* Hosts or Devices using the USB CDC Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_H_
|
||||
#define _CDC_CLASS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../HighLevel/USBMode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
|
||||
#error The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option cannot be used in projects using the library Class drivers.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
|
||||
#include "Device/CDC.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
|
||||
#include "Host/CDC.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassAudioCommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* Audio Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/Audio.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#if !defined(AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/** Total number of discrete audio sample rates supported by the device. This value can be overridden by defining this
|
||||
* token in the project makefile to the desired value, and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
|
||||
|
||||
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class-specific header descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Output Terminal Audio class-specific descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Input Terminal Audio class-specific descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Feature Unit Audio class-specific descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_FeatureUnit 0x06
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class-specific descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Audio class-specific descriptor indicating the format of an audio stream. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_Format 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
|
||||
|
||||
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
|
||||
#define TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convenience macro, to fill a 24-bit AudioSampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {LowWord: ((uint32_t)freq & 0x00FFFF), HighByte: (((uint32_t)freq >> 16) & 0x0000FF)}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
|
||||
* accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EP_ACCEPTS_ONLY_FULL_PACKETS (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
|
||||
* will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
|
||||
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
|
||||
* details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version. */
|
||||
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of audio class interfaces within this device. */
|
||||
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /**< Interface numbers of each audio interface. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
|
||||
* are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
|
||||
* specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
|
||||
uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the ChanelControlls array. */
|
||||
uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_FeatureUnit_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
|
||||
* contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
|
||||
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
|
||||
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask. */
|
||||
uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
|
||||
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
|
||||
uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
|
||||
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
|
||||
* contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
|
||||
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
|
||||
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask. */
|
||||
uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
|
||||
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
|
||||
* how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
|
||||
uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief 24-Bit Audio Frequency Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a 24bit audio sample frequency structure. GCC does not contain a built in 24bit datatype,
|
||||
* this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the \ref AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t LowWord; /**< Low 16 bits of the 24-bit value. */
|
||||
uint8_t HighByte; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
|
||||
* about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
|
||||
* in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
|
||||
uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
|
||||
uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t SampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device. */
|
||||
USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleFrequencies[AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES]; /**< Sample frequencies supported by the device. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_Format_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
|
||||
* descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
|
||||
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
|
||||
* on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
|
||||
* class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
|
||||
uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
|
||||
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassCDCCommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* CDC Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/CDC.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** CDC class-specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21
|
||||
|
||||
/** CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20
|
||||
|
||||
/** CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22
|
||||
|
||||
/** CDC class-specific request to send a break to the receiver via the carrier channel. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SendBreak 0x23
|
||||
|
||||
/** CDC class-specific request to send an encapsulated command to the device. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** CDC class-specific request to retrieve an encapsulated command response from the device. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port handshake line states, for
|
||||
* use with a USB_Notification_Header_t notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC
|
||||
* notification endpoint.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define NOTIF_SerialState 0x20
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
|
||||
* from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
|
||||
* from the host, to indicate that theRTS line state should be high.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
|
||||
* from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
|
||||
* from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
|
||||
* from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
|
||||
* from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
|
||||
* to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
|
||||
* to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
|
||||
* to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
|
||||
* uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
|
||||
* a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
|
||||
* easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
|
||||
struct \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
|
||||
uint8_t SubType; \
|
||||
uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
|
||||
enum CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit. */
|
||||
CDC_LINEENCODING_OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits. */
|
||||
CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
|
||||
enum CDC_LineEncodingParity_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
CDC_PARITY_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame. */
|
||||
CDC_PARITY_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame. */
|
||||
CDC_PARITY_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame. */
|
||||
CDC_PARITY_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame. */
|
||||
CDC_PARITY_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassHIDCommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* HID Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/HID.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID class-specific Request to get the current device idle count. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID class-specific Request to set the device's idle count. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
|
||||
|
||||
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
|
||||
|
||||
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for the protocol value of a HID interface descriptor, indicating that the interface does not support
|
||||
* any HID class boot protocol (see HID Class Specification).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for the protocol value of a HID interface descriptor, indicating that the interface supports the
|
||||
* HID class Keyboard boot protocol (see HID Class Specification).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for the protocol value of a HID interface descriptor, indicating that the interface supports the
|
||||
* HID class Mouse boot protocol (see HID Class Specification).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define HID_BOOT_MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KATANA mode is currently set. */
|
||||
#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the different types of HID reports. */
|
||||
enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
|
||||
REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
|
||||
REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
|
||||
* specification for details on the structure elements.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to. */
|
||||
uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref DTYPE_Report. */
|
||||
uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
|
||||
} USB_HID_Descriptor_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Mouse Report.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse. */
|
||||
int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse. */
|
||||
int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse. */
|
||||
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Keyboard Report.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (a combination of
|
||||
* HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0. */
|
||||
uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key codes of the currently pressed keys. */
|
||||
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
|
||||
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassMIDICommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* MIDI Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
#include "Audio.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/MIDI.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class-specific MIDI input jack descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_InputJack 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class-specific MIDI output jack descriptor. */
|
||||
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputJack 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
|
||||
#define MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Audio class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
|
||||
#define MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event. */
|
||||
#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON 0x90
|
||||
|
||||
/** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event. */
|
||||
#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF 0x80
|
||||
|
||||
/** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events. */
|
||||
#define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY 64
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
|
||||
* addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] channel MIDI channel number to address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel) ((channel) - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
|
||||
* how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
|
||||
* See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class
|
||||
* specification version.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
|
||||
} USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
|
||||
* a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
|
||||
uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
|
||||
} USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
|
||||
* a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
|
||||
uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
|
||||
uint8_t SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
|
||||
uint8_t SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
|
||||
} USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
|
||||
* on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
|
||||
* class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
|
||||
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
|
||||
uint8_t AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
|
||||
} USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief MIDI Class Driver Event Packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char Command : 4; /**< Upper nibble of the MIDI command being sent or received in the event packet. */
|
||||
unsigned char CableNumber : 4; /**< Virtual cable number of the event being sent or received in the given MIDI interface. */
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event. */
|
||||
uint8_t Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event. */
|
||||
uint8_t Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event. */
|
||||
} MIDI_EventPacket_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassMSCommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* Mass Storage Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/MassStorage.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mass Storage class-specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface, ready for the next command. */
|
||||
#define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mass Storage class-specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical Units (drives) in the SCSI device. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE
|
||||
|
||||
/** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
|
||||
#define MS_CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
|
||||
|
||||
/** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
|
||||
#define MS_CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
|
||||
#define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
|
||||
#define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for an INQUIRY command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a REQUEST SENSE command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a TEST UNIT READY command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a READ CAPACITY (10) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (10) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a READ (10) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (6) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a READ (6) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a VERIFY (10) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (6) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (10) command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate no error has occurred. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has recovered from an error. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device is not ready for a new command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error whilst accessing the medium. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a hardware has occurred. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an illegal request has been issued. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the unit requires attention from the host to indicate
|
||||
* a reset event, medium removal or other condition.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that a write attempt on a protected block has been made. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error while trying to write to a write-once medium. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a vendor specific error has occurred. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an EXTENDED COPY command has aborted due to an error. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has aborted the issued command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an attempt to write past the end of a partition has been made. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the source data did not match the data read from the medium. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate no additional sense information is available. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that the logical unit (LUN) addressed is not ready. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid field was encountered while processing the issued command. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that an attempt to write to a protected area was made. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an error whilst formatting the device medium. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid command was issued. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate a write to a block out outside of the medium's range was issued. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that no removable medium is inserted into the device. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate no additional sense qualifier information is available. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that a medium format command failed to complete. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an initializing command must be issued before the issued
|
||||
* command can be executed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an operation is currently in progress. */
|
||||
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type defines: */
|
||||
/** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Block Wrapper.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block. */
|
||||
uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
|
||||
uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes. */
|
||||
uint8_t Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction. */
|
||||
uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to. */
|
||||
uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array. */
|
||||
uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block. */
|
||||
} MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Status Wrapper.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status. */
|
||||
uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
|
||||
uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command. */
|
||||
uint8_t Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the MassStorage_CommandStatusCodes_t enum. */
|
||||
} MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Sense Structure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
|
||||
* device via the \ref MS_Host_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
|
||||
* device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
|
||||
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t ResponseCode;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t SegmentNumber;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char SenseKey : 4;
|
||||
unsigned char Reserved : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char ILI : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char EOM : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char FileMark : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Information[4];
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
|
||||
uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
|
||||
uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
|
||||
uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
|
||||
} SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Inquiry Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a SCSI Inquiry structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
|
||||
* device via the \ref MS_Host_GetInquiryData() function, retrieving the attached device's
|
||||
* information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For details of the structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char DeviceType : 5;
|
||||
unsigned char PeripheralQualifier : 3;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char Reserved : 7;
|
||||
unsigned char Removable : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t Version;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char ResponseDataFormat : 4;
|
||||
unsigned char Reserved2 : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char NormACA : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char TrmTsk : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char AERC : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
|
||||
uint8_t Reserved3[2];
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char SoftReset : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char CmdQue : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char Reserved4 : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char Linked : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char Sync : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char WideBus16Bit : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char WideBus32Bit : 1;
|
||||
unsigned char RelAddr : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t VendorID[8];
|
||||
uint8_t ProductID[16];
|
||||
uint8_t RevisionID[4];
|
||||
} SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
|
||||
enum MassStorage_CommandStatusCodes_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCSI_Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
|
||||
SCSI_Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a
|
||||
* SCSI REQUEST SENSE command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SCSI_Phase_Error = 2 /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Printer.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterCommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* Printer Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/Printer.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that an error has *not* occurred. */
|
||||
#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently selected. */
|
||||
#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently out of paper. */
|
||||
#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_PAPEREMPTY (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDIS.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISCommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* RNDIS Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
#include "RNDISConstants.h"
|
||||
#include "CDC.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/RNDIS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Implemented RNDIS Version Major. */
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor. */
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command. */
|
||||
#define REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand 0x00
|
||||
|
||||
/** RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response. */
|
||||
#define REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** Maximum size in bytes of a RNDIS control message which can be sent or received. */
|
||||
#define RNDIS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_SIZE 128
|
||||
|
||||
/** Maximum size in bytes of an Ethernet frame according to the Ethernet standard. */
|
||||
#define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
|
||||
|
||||
/** Notification request value for a RNDIS Response Available notification. */
|
||||
#define NOTIF_ResponseAvailable 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
|
||||
enum RNDIS_States_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
RNDIS_Uninitialized = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized. */
|
||||
RNDIS_Initialized = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers. */
|
||||
RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Enum for the NDIS hardware states. */
|
||||
enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host. */
|
||||
NDIS_HardwareStatus_Initializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing. */
|
||||
NDIS_HardwareStatus_Reset, /**< Hardware reset. */
|
||||
NDIS_HardwareStatus_Closing, /**< Hardware currently closing. */
|
||||
NDIS_HardwareStatus_NotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** \brief MAC Address Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
|
||||
} MAC_Address_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Ethernet Frame Packet Information Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
|
||||
uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
|
||||
bool FrameInBuffer; /**< Indicates if a frame is currently stored in the buffer. */
|
||||
} Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Common Message Header Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
|
||||
} RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t DataOffset;
|
||||
uint32_t DataLength;
|
||||
uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
|
||||
uint32_t OOBDataLength;
|
||||
uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
|
||||
uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
|
||||
uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
|
||||
uint32_t VcHandle;
|
||||
uint32_t Reserved;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Initialization Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t MajorVersion;
|
||||
uint32_t MinorVersion;
|
||||
uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Initialize Complete Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS Initialize Complete response message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
uint32_t Status;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t MajorVersion;
|
||||
uint32_t MinorVersion;
|
||||
uint32_t DeviceFlags;
|
||||
uint32_t Medium;
|
||||
uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
|
||||
uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
|
||||
uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
|
||||
uint32_t AFListOffset;
|
||||
uint32_t AFListSize;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive command message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
} RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Complete Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive Complete response message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
uint32_t Status;
|
||||
} RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS Reset Complete Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS Reset Complete response message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t Status;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t AddressingReset;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set command message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Oid;
|
||||
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
|
||||
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
|
||||
uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Complete Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set Complete response message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
uint32_t Status;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query command message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t Oid;
|
||||
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
|
||||
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
|
||||
uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Complete Message Structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query Complete response message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t MessageType;
|
||||
uint32_t MessageLength;
|
||||
uint32_t RequestId;
|
||||
uint32_t Status;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
|
||||
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
|
||||
} RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common RNDIS class constant definitions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common RNDIS class constant definitions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RNDIS specification related constants. For more information on these
|
||||
* constants, please refer to the Microsoft RNDIS specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RNDIS_CONSTANTS_DEVICE_H_
|
||||
#define _RNDIS_CONSTANTS_DEVICE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG 0x00000001UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG 0x00000002UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG 0x00000003UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG 0x00000004UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG 0x00000005UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG 0x00000006UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG 0x00000007UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG 0x00000008UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT 0x80000002UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT 0x80000004UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT 0x80000005UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT 0x80000006UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT 0x80000008UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00000000UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE 0xC0000001UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA 0xC0010015UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xC00000BBUL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT 0x4001000BUL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT 0x4001000CUL
|
||||
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED 0x00000000UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED 0x00000001UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3 0x00000000UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS 0x00000001UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED 0x00000002UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED 0x00000001UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST 0x00000002UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST 0x00000004UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST 0x00000008UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING 0x00000010UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS 0x00000020UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT 0x00000040UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL 0x00000080UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP 0x00001000UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL 0x00002000UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL 0x00004000UL
|
||||
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME 0x00008000UL
|
||||
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST 0x00010101UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS 0x00010102UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED 0x00010103UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE 0x00010104UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE 0x00010106UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED 0x00010107UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010AUL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010BUL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID 0x0001010CUL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION 0x0001010DUL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER 0x0001010EUL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS 0x00010114UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM 0x00010202UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK 0x00020101UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_RCV_OK 0x00020102UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR 0x00020103UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR 0x00020104UL
|
||||
#define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER 0x00020105UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS 0x01010101UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS 0x01010102UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST 0x01010103UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE 0x01010104UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT 0x01020101UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION 0x01020102UL
|
||||
#define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS 0x01020103UL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the class driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImage.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
|
||||
* @defgroup Group_USBClassSICommon Common Class Definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Module Description
|
||||
* Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
|
||||
* Still Image Class.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
#define _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../USB.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Class/StillImage.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Length in bytes of a given Unicode string's character length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Chars Total number of Unicode characters in the string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Number of bytes of the given unicode string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(Chars) ((Chars) << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
|
||||
* a command container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the Param field of the container.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(Params) ((sizeof(SI_PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + \
|
||||
((Params) * sizeof(uint32_t)))
|
||||
|
||||
/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
|
||||
* a data container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] DataLen Length in bytes of the data in the container.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(DataLen) ((sizeof(SI_PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + \
|
||||
(DataLen))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
|
||||
enum SI_PIMA_Container_Types_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
CType_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type. */
|
||||
CType_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type. */
|
||||
CType_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type. */
|
||||
CType_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type. */
|
||||
CType_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type. */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enums: */
|
||||
/** Enums for the possible status codes of a returned Response Block from an attached PIMA compliant Still Image device. */
|
||||
enum SI_PIMA_ResponseCodes_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
PIMA_RESPONSE_OK = 1, /**< Response code indicating no error in the issued command. */
|
||||
PIMA_RESPONSE_GeneralError = 2, /**< Response code indicating a general error while processing the
|
||||
* issued command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
PIMA_RESPONSE_SessionNotOpen = 3, /**< Response code indicating that the sent command requires an open
|
||||
* session before being issued.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
PIMA_RESPONSE_InvalidTransaction = 4, /**< Response code indicating an invalid transaction occurred. */
|
||||
PIMA_RESPONSE_OperationNotSupported = 5, /**< Response code indicating that the issued command is not supported
|
||||
* by the attached device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
PIMA_RESPONSE_ParameterNotSupported = 6, /**< Response code indicating that one or more of the issued command's
|
||||
* parameters are not supported by the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** \brief PIMA Still Image Device Command/Response Container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
|
||||
* attached Still Image device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes. */
|
||||
uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the \ref SI_PIMA_Container_Types_t enum. */
|
||||
uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container. */
|
||||
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together. */
|
||||
uint32_t Params[3]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only). */
|
||||
} SI_PIMA_Container_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
|
||||
#include "../../HighLevel/USBMode.h"
|
||||
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
|
||||
#include "Audio.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.StreamingInterfaceNumber)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case REQ_SetInterface:
|
||||
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
|
||||
|
||||
AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
|
||||
|
||||
if (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpointNumber)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpointNumber, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS,
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpointSize,
|
||||
ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpointNumber)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpointNumber, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS,
|
||||
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpointSize,
|
||||
ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user